26. July 2020

    EPISODE 231 - Revenge Of The Smith, Part 2

    Previously on DALLAS:

    --------------The Westar board called an emergency meeting.

    --------------As Christopher and Courtney continued to grow further apart, Christopher's jealousy over Joseph spending time with Jacob.  And Lucia stood ready to take advantage of the rift between Courtney and Christopher.

    --------------At the Westar board meeting, Jeremy Wendell revealed himself to be alive and well, much to Shawn's dismay, and had been working with the Ewings to entrap him.  Shawn was voted out as Westar CEO and vowed revenge on the Ewings.

    --------------Later, a drunken Shawn spent the night at Kayla's apartment, then later confronted Pamela and brutally raped her when she was home alone!

    --------------Pamela was rushed to the hospital, but suffered a miscarriage as a result of Shawn's attack.

    --------------Cory confided to Jasmine that John Ross had blackmailed him to testify for him at the hearing concerning J.R.'s will.

    --------------Jasmine planned her revenge against Conner and Ashley, who ended up sleeping together.

    --------------Alex asked Bridget to marry him, and she accepted.  

    --------------Now wanted by the police for raping Pamela and causing the death of her unborn child, Shawn fled, and hid out on Southfork, waiting to make his move against Alex and John Ross!

     

    Somewhere on Southfork....early morning....

     Shawn is sleeping in a wooded area in a remote pasture at Southfork, having fallen asleep at around 5 in the morning.  But his sleep is restless, as he is twitching, and even slightly moaning in his sleep.  Suddenly, he opens his eyes and sees that daylight has come.  He looks around.  "Damn, I wonder what time it is,"  he says to himself.  Picking up his watch, he looks at it.  7:30.  "My God, I didn't intend to sleep so long.  I have to get out of here."  He picks up the clothes he had spread on the ground to sleep on earlier and stuffs them into his bag.  When he finishes, he leans against a tree, and pauses a moment to think about his next move.  Then, he stands to his feet, and turns around.  Shawn is stunned beyond belief at what he sees.  Standing before him is a horrible figure that looks like a man, but has the face of what appears to be a zombie!  "What the......"  Shawn starts to say.  

     

    "Hello, Shawn,"  the horrible figure says, its voice deep and raspy, not even sounding human.

     

    "Who......who the hell are you?  And how do you know my name?"

     

    "Oh, you know who I am, Shawn.  You know very well who I am, little brother."

     

    Shawn's mouth falls open in shock and fear.  "Oh my God.......Tripp?  But you're........you're......."

     

    "Dead?  I am."

     

    "Good Lord......what the hell happened to you?  To your face?"  Shawn asks.

     

    "You said it........hell.  Hell happened to me, little brother, and you will be joining me there very soon."

     

    "Stop it!"  Shawn says.  "This isn't real.  It can't be real.  This is all a dream.  A dream!"

     

    "It's no dream, little brother.  No dream......"  the figure begins laughing, a horrible, evil laugh that causes Shawn's heart to pound with terror.  "What you did to Pamela......to my son's mother.  Look at me, Shawn.  This will be your fate.  To suffer in unimaginable pain for all eternity.  To remember the pleasures you had here on Earth, and know that they are gone from you forever."

     

    "NO.  Stop it, you son of a bitch!  You're not my brother.  Tripp is dead.  He's DEAD!  And this is a dream!"

     

    "You will find out soon, little brother.  Soooooon.  "  The figure begins laughing again.

     

    "STOP IT!"  Shawn says, attempting to cover his ears.  

     

    The figure stops laughing and looks at Shawn with its orange glowing eyes.  "I'll see you soon, little brother.  I'll save you a seat,"  the figure says, then begins laughing again.......a laugh that sends chills down Shawn's spine.....

     

    Suddenly, Shawn awakens and sits bolt upright, his face and clothes drenched with sweat.  He looks around, his heart still beating fast, and breathing hard from fright.. He then realize that it was all a dream.  He leans back  against a tree and lets out a deep breath.  "My God, I must be losing my mind," he says to himself.  "But I can't let anything stop me.  I'm gonna get you, Alex, and you, John Ross.  You did this to me.  You took everything from me, and now I'm gonna the same to you."  Shawn reaches over and begins to pick up the clothes on the ground he had been sleeping on.  He throws the clothes into his bag and as he is about to zip the bag, he hears the rustling of 

    leaves behind him.  Shawn looks around and sees a young man standing there holding a shotgun on him.  

     

    "You just hold it right there, son,"  says the man, a Southfork ranch hand.  "You move one muscle and I'll blast a hole right through your middle."

     

    Shawn looks up at the man holding the gun on him.  Never before has he felt such fear and utter despair, realizing that he has been caught, and after the crime he had committed of raping Pamela, it was basically the end of the line for him.  

    Southfork....

     Later in the morning, Bobby and Ann come out of the house and onto the patio at Southfork with Braddock's Sheriff, Derrick.  "And right now, Shawn Smith is being booked into custody at the Braddock Sheriff's Department,"  Derrick says.  "As soon as he's processed, he'll be transferred to the jail in Dallas."

     

    "And he didn't offer any resistance?"  Bobby asks.

     

    "No, he was taken into custody without incident.  And you can thank your ranch hand, Tony for that."

     

    Bobby walks over to Tony, the ranch hand who had captured Shawn.  "Tony, thank you, for what you did this morning.  If you hadn't found Shawn Smith and captured him, there's no telling what that crazy kid would've done."

     

    "Well, Mr. Ewing, I'm just glad I was out there this mornin'," Tony says.  "It was just pure luck that me and a couple of the boys went out there to see how bad of shape that fence was in, or, I never would've ran up on Smith.  When I seen him from a distance, I recognized him right away."

     

    "Well, job well done,"  Derrick says.

     

    "Thank ya, Sheriff.  Now if y'all will excuse me, I'd best be gettin' back to work.  I'll see ya later, Mr. Ewing.  Miz Ewing."

     

    "Bye, Tony, and thank you,"  Ann says.

     

    "Tony,"  Bobby says as the ranch hand walks away.

     

     

     

    "Well, I need to get going, too,"  Derrick says.  "Bobby, I'll call you as soon as Smith is transferred."

     

    "Thank you, Derrick,"  Bobby says.

     

    Derrick tips his hat to Ann.  "Ma'am."

     

    "Bye, Sheriff,"  Ann says as Derrick walks away.  Ann puts her hand on her head.  "Thank God it's all over.  Bobby, I have to tell you, I have got chills goin' down my spine right now.  The thought that Shawn was here, on this ranch.  Thank GOD Tony went out there and found him.  Bobby, do you realize what Shawn might've done?"

     

    "I don't even wanna think about that,"  says Bobby.  "And as for this being over........it's not really gonna be over until that punk is rotting in a prison cell for what he did to Pamela."

     

    John Ross, Krystina, Alex, and Courtney come out of the house.  "Uncle Bobby, what's goin' on?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "Yeah, we saw the Sheriff's truck leaving,"  says Krystina.

     

    Ann looks at Courtney, then at the others.  "Shawn was captured this mornin'.  He was found on Southfork."

     

    "On Southfork?"  Courtney asks.

     

    "Yes, one of our hands, Tony, went out to check on a fence over on Section 30, and he found Shawn sleeping by a tree,"  Bobby says.  

     

    "My God,"  says Krystina. 

     

    "Well, that kid never was too bright,"  John Ross says.  "I mean, hidin' out, right here on Southfork?  How stupid is that?"

     

    "Well, he probably figured that a ranch as big as Southfork would be an easy and safe place to hide for a while," Bobby says.  

     

    "I don't think that's why he was here,"  Alex says.  

     

    "Why do you say that?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "Well, you heard what he said at that board meeting the other day.  The threats he made.  He said he was gonna make us stinking Ewings pay for what we had done to him.  I think he was here to do just that."

     

    "Oh my God,"  says Krystina.  "Thank Heavens he was found before he was able to get to either of you."

     

    Courtney sighs and shakes her head as she fights back tears.  "I just can't believe that Shawn has done all these terrible things,"  she says, a tear falling down her face.  "He raped Pamela.  Caused her to lose her baby.  How can this MONSTER possibly be my brother?"

     

    "Courtney, Shawn wasn't always like that,"  Alex says, sadness in his voice.  "When he and I were friends, he was like the best friend you'd ever wanna have.  He was loyal, kind, and a lot of fun to be around."

     

    "Then what happened?"  Courtney asks.  "What happened to him?"

     

    "I dunno.  Something inside of him must have........snapped.  It seemed to happen right around the time he found out that Jeremy Wendell was his grandfather.  That's when he started to change.  And when his brother Tripp died."

     

    Bobby sighs.  "I guess havin' Jeremy Wendell as a grandfather'd be enough to drive anybody crazy.."

     

    "Uncle Bobby, where's they take him?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "Braddock County Jail, for now.  But Derrick said that as soon as they get him processed they'll be transferring him to Dallas.  Why do you ask?"

     

    "I'll see y'all later."

     

    "John Ross, you're not gonna go and see him, are you?"  Krystina asks.

     

    "Damn right, I am."

     

    "You can't be serious,"  Alex says. 

     

    "Why?"  Krystina asks.

     

    "That little rapist was found on this ranch,"  John Ross says.  "Now Alex is right.  There were a million other places Smith could've hidden besides Southfork.  He was here because he was comin' after one of us.  I'm not gonna let that pass."

     

    "John Ross, would you mind if I come with you?" Courtney asks.  "I need to see him, but I don't think I'm up to driving right now."

     

    "Okay, come on."

     

    "John Ross, they're probably not gonna let you see him," Ann says.

     

    "Oh yeah....they will,"  John Ross says.  He and Courtney walk to John Ross's car and get in.  Bobby, Ann, Krystina, and Alex watch as they drive away.

     

    "Hey, was Courtney leaving with John Ross?"  Christopher asks, coming onto the patio.

     

    "Yeah.  They're going to the Braddock County Jail," Bobby says.  "Shawn was found and captured early this morning here on Southfork, and they're on their way to see him."

     

    A worried look comes over Christopher's face.

    The Krebbs Ranch....

     Ashley wakes up in Dylan's arms in his bed that morning.  Looking around the room, she has a confused expression on her face.  Reaching over to the nightstand, she picks up her cell phone and looks at the time.  She immediately sits bolt upright in bed.  "Oh my God.  Conner,"  she says, touching him on the arm.  "Conner, wake up!"

     

    "Huh?  What?"  Conner opens his eyes and looks at her.  "What time is it?"

     

    "8:15."

     

    "WHAT!?"  Conner asks, sitting.  "Oh my God."

     

    "I have to get dressed and get out of here,"  Ashley says, getting out of bed.  

     

    "Yeah.  Dylan could come home any second now, if he hasn't already."

     

    "I think if he had, we'd know."  Ashley quickly dresses, as does Conner.  

     

    "I'm gonna text him and see if he's on his way,"  Conner says.  He picks up his cell phone and quickly types a message to Dylan, then pulls on his blue jeans.  About 40 seconds later, he receives a reply. Conner picks his phone up and looks at it.  "Dylan left Todd's apartment about 15 minutes ago.  He's on his way home.  We'd better hurry.  He'll be here in about another 15 minutes."

     

    "Yeah, we should hurry,"  Ashley says.

     

    "I cannot believe what happened last night,"  Conner says, pulling on his blue jeans.

     

    "Neither can I.  But it was incredible."

     

    "Yeah, it was, wasn't it?"  Conner asks with a smile.  "Ashley, last night was one of the most incredible nights of my life."

     

    Ashley pauses and looks at him.  "Conner, do you have any regrets about last night?"

     

    "That's a complicated question.  Do I regret making love to you?  No, I don't.  What I do regret is that, no matter what happens from right now, someone is gonna get hurt.  And either that's gonna be Dylan and Jasmine, or you and me."

     

     

     

    "You're right,"  Ashley says.  "Conner, how could we have done this?  Last night, we were so caught up in the passion of the moment, and in each other that we didn't even think about Dylan, or Jasmine.  What have we done?"

     

    "If Dylan ever finds out, it'll crush him,"  Conner says.

     

    "That's why he can never find out, and why we can never do this again."

     

    Conner walks over to Ashley and takes her by the hand.  "Ashley, if you want me to forget what happened between us, I can't.  I'll never be able to.  Ashley I love you.  I love you SO much.  How am I supposed to move on, and be around you now?  How am I supposed to see you with my brother now?  Before, it was easier, but after making love to you last night........how can I see the two of you together, knowing that HE'S making love to you?"

     

    "Conner, I don't have any answers.  I never should've come out here last night."

     

    "Then why did you?  Ashley, you can't tell me that, deep down inside, you didn't want that to happen last night.  You came out here, and you were pretty sure I would be here alone."

     

    "Maybe I did want it to happen,"  Ashley says.  "Conner, I have to go.  I have to get out of here before Dylan gets home."

     

    "Yeah, you probably should.  And, you should take the road to Braddock and cut through to highway 15 to head back to Dallas.  It's a little further, but, I wouldn't want you to pass Dylan on the way back to town."

     

    Ashley nods in agreement.  She picks up her purse, accidentally dropping an American flag pin with her initials onto the floor without realizing it.  "I think I have everything."

     

    "Good.  I'll walk you downstairs."

     

    "Okay."

     

    Conner walks up to Ashley and kisses her.  "Come on, let's go,"  he says, then the two leave the room.  

    Braddock Sheriff's Department....

     "John Ross, Shawn Smith has just been booked into my jail,"  Derrick says as John Ross and Courtney are trying to get him to let them visit Shawn.  "I can't just let you two go in there and see him."

     

    "And why the hell not?"  John Ross asks. 

     

    "Sheriff, I am Shawn's sister,"  Courtney says.  "That should count for something."

     

    "Derrick, neither one of us is leavin' here until we get to see Shawn Smith,"  John Ross says.

     

    Derrick looks at them both and sighs.  "Alright, fine, but make it brief.  Mrs. Ewing, since you are Smith's sister, you can go in first."

     

    "Thank you, Sheriff,"  says Courtney.  She looks at John Ross.  Derrick nods at a deputy, and the deputy motions for her to follow him through a set of double doors.  

     

    Meanwhile, a dazed Shawn is sitting in his jail cell, looking as if is in shock, as if he can't believe everything that's happening to him right now.  As if he keeps expecting to wake up from a nightmare and be back in his own comfortable bed in his penthouse apartment.  A large door down the corridor is unlocked and opened.  The deputy leads Courtney down the corridor to Shawn's cell.  She looks at him, her heart breaking for all the promise his life had once held that is now gone.  "What are you doing here?"  Shawn asks.  

     

     

    "I came to see you and to get some answers,"   Courtney says.  

     

    "Answers?"  Shawn asks.  "Answers to what."

     

    "Answers to why you've done the things you've done.  Shawn, what happened?  You had so much promise.  I tried to reach out to you.  Gavin tried, and you pushed us both away.  I remember when you use to come over to Southfork when you and Alex were friends.  Sure, you were a cocky kid, but you also had heart. Deep down, underneath that charade of confidence, I saw an insecure little boy who only wanted someone to love him.  Shawn, I'm really trying, so please help me understand what happened to change you so much."

     

     

     "You wanna know what happened to me?"  Shawn asks.  "The Ewings happened.  My grandfather happened.  They did this to me."

     

    "Shawn, stop it.  You're blaming everyone else for your mistakes except the one person who's really at fault, and that's yourself."

     

    "Just get out of here, Courtney. Just get the hell out and leave me alone.  I don't want you here and don't need you."

     

    "It's never mattered to you that we're family, has it?"  Courtney asks.

     

    Shawn stands to his feet and walks over to the bars.  "No.  I don't need any family.  I don't need anyone.  Especially not any new family after the way the family I already had treated me."

     

    A tear falls down Courtney's cheek.  "It wouldn't have been like that with us.  Gavin and I would have accepted you, and loved you as our brother.  If you had only let us."

     

    "And what about my FATHER?  Oh, excuse me, OUR father?  What's his name?  Oh yeah.......Andrew Murray.  Do you think he would have accepted me as his son?  The son of a bitch has never even been to see me!  Never even spoken to me!"

     

    "That has nothing to do with Gavin and I.  He wasn't the best father to us, either."

     

    "Just get out, Courtney.  Get out of here and leave me alone."

     

    Courtney looks at him in tears.  "If that's the way you feel then fine, I'll go.  I look at you and I'm disgusted by what you did.  You raped Pamela.  Caused her to lose her baby......."

     

    "Wait?  Her what?"

     

    "You didn't even know she was pregnant, did you?  Well, she was.  But what you did to her caused her to miscarry, so now, Shawn, not only are you a rapist, but you're a murderer, too.  As disgusted as I am, I still can't help but feel sorry for you.  You're so young, but you've thrown your life away.  What a waste."  In tears, Courtney walks out of the room, leaving Shawn visibly angry by what she had told him.  He angrily hits the bars of his cell.

     

    As Shawn is attempting to process the news about Pamela's baby, he hears the door at the end of the corridor open and close again.  A couple of seconds later, John Ross walks up to Shawn's cell.  "What the hell are you doing here?"  Shawn angrily asks.

     

     

    "Just had to come see this for myself,"  John Ross says.  "You'd better get use to these new surroundings, Shawn.  Because a cell just like this one is gonna be your home for a real, REAL long time.  Leave it to you to do somethin' as stupid as hidin' out on Southfork.  Boy, you have GOT to have mush for brains."

     "You just enjoy this while you can, John Ross,"  Shawn says.  "I'm not gonna be in jail forever, and when I do get out.........you're gonna pay for what you did to me.  You set me up.  Caused me to lose Westar and everything I cared about."

     

    "No, Shawn, you did that to yourself.  Your incredible stupidity and that need you had to beat us Ewings.  But did you really think that a kid like you with little experience and no brains had any chance at all against me?  Well, now, you've REALLY gotten yourself into a mess.  Sure, you lost Westar and that huge fortune you thought you inherited.  But you're young, you could've started over.  You still had your freedom.  But instead, you went after Pamela and raped her.  Cost her the life of her unborn child.  That makes you no better than an animal.  And I'm gonna do everything in my power to make damned sure that they put you away for a long, LONG time.  And I'm gonna enjoy doin' it."

     

    Shawn laughs.  "You really think it's gonna be that easy, John Ross?  I'll get out one day, and I don't care how long it takes.......if they put me away for 10 years, or 20, one day, I'll get out, and when I do, I'm coming for you.......you and the people you love.  Alex, and your little son John and your daughter, Ellie.  If it takes me the rest of my life, I will repay you for this.  And if you've left this world and you're residing in hell by the time I get out........I'll get your kids."

     

    "You little punk ass!"  John Ross angrily says, charging at the cell bars, causing Shawn to jump back.  "You ever do get out of prison and come anywhere near my family or anyone I love again......I'll do exactly what my brother threatened to do.......I'll kill you myself.  Or maybe, just maybe, I'll arrange for you to have a little accident in jail.  I do have connections."

     

    "You're a pathetic pig, John Ross,"  Shawn says.  "I can't wait to tell your wife all about how you slept with Samantha Chambers, and used her to set me up.  If I remember right, Krystina left you once for being unfaithful to her.  This time, I'm sure she'll leave for good."

     

     

     

     

    "You're never gonna get anywhere near my wife to tell her anything,"  John Ross says.  "I'll make damned sure of that.  

     

    "There are ways,"  Shawn says.  "You're not gonna be able to stop me, John Ross.  "Somehow, I'll make sure that Krystina finds out all about you and your little whore Samantha.  And I can't wait.  That'll only be the first in a long string of things I'm gonna do to repay you for all you've done to me."

     

    John Ross looks at him and smiles.  "Y'know somethin', Smith?  You have GOT to be the most pathetic excuse for a human being I've ever met in my life.  Your life is over.  You're about to go to prison for a long time, and here you are, still makin' empty threats.  Well, you're not worth one more second of my time.  Or another thought."

     

    Angered by John Ross's words, Shawn spits in his face.  John Ross takes a hankerchief from his pocket and wipes the spit from his face as Shawn laughs sadistically at him.  Unwilling to let this insult pass, John Ross repays Shawn by spitting in his face, hitting him in the eye.  Shawn quickly wipes his eye with his shirt sleep.  John Ross smiles at him, then turns and walks back down the hall, whistling as he goes.

     

    "I'LL GET YOU, JOHN ROSS!"  Shawn yells as John Ross walks away from him.  "I SWEAR, IF IT'S THE LAST THING ON EARTH I DO!  IF IT TAKES ME 30 YEARS, I'LL GET YOU FOR EVERYTHING YOU'VE DONE TO ME, AND I'LL GET YOUR SON, ALEX, TOO!!!!  I'LL MAKE YOU BOTH SORRY YOU WERE EVER BORN!!!!"  The sound of the door at the end of the hall can be heard closing and locking.

    Harwood Oil....later....

     Brandon Harwood is working at his desk later that morning when his secretary buzzes his office.  "Mr. Harwood, Samantha Chambers is here to see you."

     

    Brandon smiles.  "Thank you, Bethany.  Send Ms. Chambers in."  Still smiling, Brandon stands and walks over to the door to greet Samantha as she walks in.  

     

    "Well, hello,"  Samantha says.

     

    "Hi, there,"  says Brandon, greeting her with a quick kiss.  "This is a very nice surprise."

     

    "I thought I'd come and deliver the good news in person."

     

    "What good news?"

     

    "I heard on the radio that Shawn Smith was caught and arrested this morning, and is now in the Braddock County Jail.  They're gonna be transferring him to Dallas sometime today.  It's finally over.  I'm done with him."

     

    Brandon smiles.  "Now that's what I call great news.  It's about time."

     

    "You know what that means, don't you?"  Samantha asks, putting her arms around him.

     

    "Yes, I do know what that means.  It means all these months of playing games with that kid is over, and that you and I can start a new chapter."

     

    "A new chapter?  Have we even started a chapter yet?"

     

    "No, but, no time like the present,"  Brandon says.

     

    Meanwhile, in the outer office, Brandon's mother Holly walks into Harwood Oil and approaches his secreary's desk.  "Hello, Bethany,"  Holly says.

     

    "Well, Ms. Harwood, how nice to see you."

     

    "You, too.  Is my son in?"

     

    "Yes, he is.  But, he has someone in.  Samantha Chambers, from Chambers Oil."

     

    The smile suddenly disappears from Holly's face.  "Really?  How long has she been here?"

     

    "Only a couple minutes."

     

    "Bethany, I need to see my son, so would you please let him know I'm here?"  Holly asks.

     

    "But, Ms. Harwood....."

     

    "Bethany, just DO it."

     

    "Yes, ma'am,"  the secretary says.  She presses the intercom on Brandon's desk.  "Mr. Harwood, your mother is here.  And she said she needs to see you."

     

    "Okay, send her in,"  Brandon says.  

     

    "Thank you, Bethany,"  Holly says.  She walks over to Brandon's door and goes in, Needless to say, Holly isn't pleased to see Samantha there.  "Miss Chambers, hello."

     

    "Ms. Harwood."

     

    "Would you mind?"  Holly asks.  "I need to speak with my son."

     

    "Mom, couldn't whatever this is wait?"  Brandon asks.

     

    "No, it can't."

     

    "Brandon, I'll talk to you later,"  says Samantha.

     

    "Sure, I'll call you later this afternoon."

     

    "Bye.  Bye, Ms. Harwood,"  Samantha says as she leaves.

     

    Holly looks at the young woman disapprovingly as she leaves the office.  "Brandon, we really need to talk.  It's almost 12, so why don't you send your secretary to lunch."

     

    Brandon walks over to his desk and buzzes his secretary.  "Bethany, why don't you go on to lunch?"

     

    "Yes, sir." 

     

    Brandon looks at his mother and sighs.  "Okay, Mom, what is so important that you need to talk to me about?"

     

    "Brandon, I want you to stop seein' that girl,"  Holly says.

     

    "You what?"

     

    "I want you to stop seein' Samantha Chambers."

     

    "Mom, what gives you the right to tell me who I can and cannot see?"  Asks an angry Brandon.  

     

    "Brandon, I need to know somethin'.  Have you and Samantha Chambers.........have you been to bed with her?"

     

    "WHAT?  I don't believe what I'm hearing!  Mom, that is NONE of your damned business.  Now, I understand that you don't like Samantha, but I do, and if I wanna date her, then I will."

     

    "No, you CAN'T!"  Holly says.

     

    "Mom, this conversation is over.  I'd like you to leave now."

     

    "Brandon. you don't understand."

     

    "Nor do I want to.  I want you to go. Just GO!"

     

    "Not until I say what I have to say."

     

    "Well, if you're not gonna leave, then I am,"  says Brandon.  "I'm going to lunch."  Brandon walks past his mother and starts to leave.

     

    "Brandon, I'm finally ready to answer your question about your father,"  Holly says.

     

    Brandon stops and turns back to her.  "What?"

     

    Holly walks over to him.  "For years, you've wanted to know the identity of your father.  Well, I'm gonna tell you."

     

    "Why now?"

     

    "Because it's time,"  Holly says, her voice shaky.  

     

    "Alright.  If you're serious about this, then tell me.  Who was my father?  Was it J.R. Ewing?"

     

    "No, Brandon.  J.R. Ewing was not your father.  The reason you have to stop seeing Samantha Chambers is because....she's your sister."

     

    Brandon's mouth falls open in shock as he looks at his mother, stunned by the news she had just given him.  

    Meanwhile....a road in Dallas County....

     A Braddock County Sheriff's car is driving down a road between Braddock and Dallas, two Braddock deputies in the front seat as they are transporting Shawn to the county jail in Dallas.  As he takes this ride, Shawn is looking out the window at the pastures and fields they are passing by, his only thoughts on how he can get his revenge on the people he blames for putting him here.......the Ewings, and his grandfather.  He looks at the two deputies in the front seat, both young guys, probably mid or late 20s.  A look comes over Shawn's face, as if an idea has struck him.  Suddenly, he doubles over in pain.  "OOOHHHH!!!"  He yells out, clutching his stomach with his hands, which are in cuffs.

     

    "Hey, you alright back there, Smith?"  The deputy driving asks.

     

    "I.....I don't know.  I hurt.  My side, it hurts really bad."

     

    "What the hell's the matter with your side?"  Asks the other deputy.

     

    "I don't know.  But it hurts.....BAD.  And I feel sick.  I.....I think I'm gonna throw up."

     

    "Hey, you think he's really sick?"  The driver asks.

     

    "Who knows?  Look, Smith, just lay down on the seat.  We'll be at the Dallas County Jail in about 20 minutes."

     

    "It....it hurts so bad,"  Shawn says.  "And, I'm about to throw up, I swear."

     

    "You know what's good for you, you won't mess up the back seat of this patrol car,"  the deputy in the passenger seat says.

     

    "I can't help it,"  Shawn says.  A second later, he begins throwing up in the floor of the car.  

     

    "Oh, crap, the kid's really vomiting back there!"  The driver says.

     

    "Damn!"  Says the other deputy.

     

    "My side is killin' me!"  Shawn cries.  

     

    "David, we better call this in,"  says the driver.  "He could be really sick.  That's how it hit me when I had appendicitis."

     

    The other deputy turns and looks into the back seat as Shawn throws up again.  "Call it in,"  David says.  "He don't look so good.  He's white as a sheet and sweatin' like crazy."

     

     The driver picks up his CB and holds it to his mouth.  "Dallas Sheriff's Department, this is Braddock SD, transport unit 4.  This is Deputy Michael Emmerson.  I and my partner, Deputy David Hicks are transporting inmate Shawn Allen Smith from Braddock to Dallas.  Inmate has become ill in transport, complaining of abdominal pains, and inmate has vomited.  Do we proceed to the Dallas County Jail, or to the nearest medical facility."

     

    "One moment please,"  a woman's voice says.

     

    "Thank you."

     

    "AAAHHHH"  Shawn cries out in pain from the back seat.  "PLEASE.......THIS IS KILLING ME!  I CAN'T STAND THE PAIN!"

     

    "Aight, just hold on, slick,"  the deputy in the passenger seat says.  

     

    "Braddock transport unit 4?"  The woman's voice says over the CB.

     

    "We're here, Dallas, go ahead."

     

    "Proceed to Texas Health Presbyterian.  A deputy from Dallas Sheriff's Department will meet you there."

     

    "Ten-four, Dallas,"  Deputy Michael Emerson says.  He places the CB back into its holster.  "We proceed to the hospital."

     

    Laying in the backseat, having heard that he is going to the hospital instead of the Dallas jail, a slight smile comes over Shawn's face.

    Harwood Oil....

     Brandon looks at his mother in shock after what she just told him.  "What did you just say to me?  You're lying.  You're just saying this because you don't want me dating Samantha."

     

    "Brandon, I'm not lying.  Samantha's father, Paul Chambers, was also your father."

     

    Brandon walks over to Holly and looks her in the eye.  "If that's true, then why didn't you tell me this years ago, when I firs asked you who my father was?"

     

    "Because I promised Paul that I wouldn't.  Brandon, he was married.  Look, it's a long and complicated story, but I swear to you, it's the truth.  Brandon, that girl is your sister, and please.......tell me that you haven't gone to bed with her."

     

    "I.....I still don't believe you.  You wouldn't have kept this secret all these years, even after Samantha's father's death.  Not knowing you."

     

    "There's more to it, Brandon,"  Holly says.  "Paul Chambers was not only your father, but, Samantha........she's also MY daughter."

     

    "What?"

     

    "Brandon, you and Samantha.........you're twins."

     

    "Twins?  Now I know you're lying!"

     

    "No, I'm NOT!  Just listen to me,"  Holly says.  She walks to the window and looks out at the city skyline.  After a few seconds, she turns back to her son. I first met Paul Chambers in the early 80s when he came to work for my father here at Harwood Oil.  After my father died in 1982, Paul stayed on at the company and helped me.  He had a wife and a young son then, and, he was learning the oil business because he had plans of eventually branching out and starting his own company.  In early 1986, that's exactly what he did.  And, he asked for my help, and for the next few months Paul and I worked very closely together, and it wasn't long before we began an affair.  The guilt was terrible on my part, and I had sworn that I would NEVER again have an affair with a married man after what had happened with J.R. Ewing and his wife just three years earlier. But, unlike with J.R., I fell in love with Paul and I couldn't help myself.  We would meet in secret, and neither of us wanted his wife to find out.  Melissa Chambers was a very good woman, and she was a friend of mine.  But, I found myself pregnant.  Paul wanted to tell Melissa the truth, but I wouldn't hear of it.  Last thing I wanted to do was to hurt her and break up their marriage........and lose her as a friend.  But, eventually, she did find out, and she was devastated, especially at the thought of me carryin' Paul's child.  You see, after their son was born, Melissa found out that she couldn't have anymore kids, and she desperately wanted more.  Well, after I found out I was carryin' twins, the three of us......Paul, Melissa, and I, reached an agreement.  I would go away, and have the babies, and Melissa would go with me.  So, Melissa and I went to Europe and we stayed in this lovely villa in the South of France for the next few months, until you and Samantha were born."

     

    "You said you reached some sort of agreement,"  Brandon says.  "So what was that, Mom?"

     

    Holly looks at her son.  "The agreement was that, when the babies were born, Paul and Melissa would take one of you, and I would keep the other.  As I said, Melissa desperately wanted another child, and, when you twins were born, she was so grateful that one of you was a girl.  That's EXACTLY what she wanted.  She and Paul already had a son, so, it was agreed that they would raise the girl, Samantha, and I would raise you.  After you were born, Melissa returned to Dallas with Samantha.  To avoid raising any suspicion, I stayed on in Europe with you for a couple of months, and then I came home.  I had almost no interaction with the Chambers after that.  And no one ever knew the truth.  Brandon I never even IMAGINED that you and your sister would ever meet, let alone become so close.  Keeping you apart was one reason I sent you away to boarding school all those years.  Paul died, and his son inherited the company, so, I had no idea that Samantha would ever end up running Chambers Oil."

     

    Brandon walks to the sofa in his office and sits down.  "My God," he says, running his hands through his dark hair.  "How could you have kept this from me all these years?  Why didn't you at least tell me this after Paul Chambers died?"

     

    "Melissa never wanted this to come out.  Brandon, she never wanted Samantha to find out that she wasn't Melissa's biological child.  Honey, too many people would've been hurt if you'd known the truth."  Holly walks over to her son and takes a seat beside him.  "Brandon,"  she says, reaching over and touching his shoulder.

     

    "No,"  Brandon angrily says, standing to his feet.  "Don't touch me.  Don't you EVER touch me again."

     

    "Brandon, sweetheart,"  Holly says, standing to face him. 

     

    "Mom, get out.  Just leave.  I don't wanna see you. Not now......and not ever again."

     

    "Sweetheart, you don't mean that."

     

    "You have been lying to me my whole life.  All this time, I had a father, a half brother, and a twin sister who lived right here in Dallas, and I never knew?  And the worst of all is.........I started to fall in LOVE with my own sister because you kept the truth from me!  What if Samantha and I had slept together?"

     

    "Then.....you......"

     

    "No, Mom, we didn't.  Thank GOD!  But we came close, and that's all on you.  I'll never forgive you for this.  Never."

     

    "Brandon, please,"  Holly says in tears.

     

    "Get out.  Just GET OUT!  I'll  send someone to the house for my things.  Just go."

     

    Crying, and heartbroken, Holly turns and leaves the office.  After she's gone, Brandon walks over to his desk and takes a seat.  He also begins crying.  Then he feels his anger rising.  He takes his hands and violently shoves everything off his desk, sending it all crashing to the floor.  

    Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital....

     Shawn is wheeled into the emergency department at Texas Health Presbyterian.  A doctor walks over and meets the two deputies.  "What have we got?"

     

    "Inmate being transferred from Braddock to Dallas County, experiencing severe abdominal pains and vomiting," replies one of the deputies.  

     

    "Alright, let's get him in room 3,"  the doctor says.  

     

    Shawn is wheeled into an examining room, writhing in 'pain'.  

    Meanwhile....

     

    Pamela is sitting up in her hospital bed, unable to get her mind off the terrible thing that had happened to her, and about her baby.  She wants to cry, but the tears won't come.  She feels numb.  A knock comes at the door, and Afton walks in.  "Hi, baby,"  she says.  

     

    "Hello, Mom."

     

    "How are you feeling?"  

     

    "Numb.  I just feel........numb."

     

    "I think that's normal after what you've been through.  Justin came home, and he looked so exhausted, I offered to take care of the boys while he got some sleep,"  Afton says.  "But he insisted that I come here and be with you while he took a quick shower and changed clothes."

     

    "Justin has been wonderful,"  says Pamela.  "He's been here all night.  I tried to get him to go home and get some sleep."

     

    "Y'know, when you first told us that you were in love with Justin Ewing and that you were going to marry him, I had my doubts.  I mean, J.R. Ewing's son?  And after the nightmare you had already been through with your marriage to John Ross, it worried me that you were getting involved with another Ewing.  But after seeing how much Justin loves you and the boys, and what a good man he is, I don't think you could have made a better choice."

     

    Pamela nods.

     

    "Oh, I do have some good news.  I heard on the television that Shawn Smith was arrested this morning.  They actually caught him on Southfork.  My guess is he was there to do harm to the Ewings.  He was being transferred from the Braddock Jail to Dallas this afternoon."

     

    "Good.  I hope he never sees the light of day again.  I hope he fries in hell."  Hearing the news of Shawn's arrest finally brought the tears to Pamela's eyes.  

     

    "Oh, baby,"  Afton says, embracing her daughter.  "It's alright, let it all out.  Sweetheart, I promise you, Shawn Smith will pay for what he's done to.  One way or another.  If he somehow escapes punishment by the law.......I'll make him pay myself."

    Southern Methodist University....

     Ashley comes out of Dallas Hall at SMU late that afternoon, a worried and sad look on her face.  As she comes down the steps of the building, her cell phone rings.  Taking the phone from her pocket, she answers quickly.  "Hello?"

    The Krebbs home....

    "Hey, it's me,"  Conner says.  

     

    "Conner?  Hey, what's up?"  Ashley asks, surprised to hear his voice.

     

    "Ummm, I was wondering.....are you doing anything right now?"  Conner asks.  "Ashley, I really need to see you."

     

    "I'm just getting out of my last class of the semester.  Conner, I really wanna see you, too, but, I just don't think it's a good idea."

     

    "Ashley, please.  I really need to see you. even if it's just for a few minutes.  But, not here at the ranch.  Can we meet somewhere?"

    Southern Methodist University....

    "Alright,"  Ashley says.  "Meet me at Justin's ranch house.  Half an hour."

     

    "I'll be there,"  Conner says.  

     

    Ashley ends the call and puts her phone away, then continues on down the steps of Dallas Hall.  As she pauses at the bottom of the steps, Dylan walks up behind her and puts his hands over her eyes.  "Guess who,"  he says.

     

    Startled, Ashley quickly spins around to face him and pushes his hands away.  "Dylan, what are you doing?  Why are you here?"

     

    "I knew you had you last final of the semester this afternoon, and I wanted to surprise you.  I've been waiting here for you to come out."

     

    Ashley sighs deeply.

     

    "I'm sorry, sweetheart, I didn't mean to scare you."

     

    "You didn't.  I just........I'm just in a bad mood, that's all."

     

    "A bad mood?"  Dylan asks with a smile.  "You should be in a great mood.  You just took your last final of the semester.  Now you have the whole summer out of school to do anything you want......like, spending lots of time with your boyfriend."

     

    Ashley looks away from Dylan, the guilt of her tryst with Conner eating away at her to the point that she can't even look him in the eye.  

     

    "Hey, babe, what's wrong with you?"  Dylan asks.  

     

    "Dylan, I'm sorry, I'm just having a bad day."

     

    Dylan smiles.  "Well, maybe I can make it better," he says, taking her by the hand.  

     

    "Dylan, don't,"  Ashley says, pulling away from him.  

     

    "Ashley, what is it?  You seem upset.  I have an idea.  Why don't we go somewhere and we can talk?  I wanna tell you all about Todd's birthday, and how things went seeing my mother, and you can tell me what's bothering you."

     

    "No, I don't wanna go somewhere and talk, Dylan, I just wanna be by myself," Ashley says.

     

    "Ashley, what's going on?  I haven't seen you since day before yesterday, and I thought you'd be happy to see me, but you're acting like you wish I'd drop off the face of the Earth right now.  Did I do something to make you angry?"

     

    "No, Dylan. God, no.  I'm sorry, I'm just in a really crappy mood, and, I am glad to see you.  I just need some time to myself."

     

    "But, something must have happened to put you in this mood."


     

    Before Ashley is able to say any more, Jasmine walks up to them.  "Well, hey, guys,"  she cheerfully says.

     

    "Oh, hi, Jasmine,"  says Dylan.

     

    "Jasmine, what are you doing here?"  Ashley asks, annoyed at the interruption.

     

    "I was actually hoping to run into you.  I was on campus looking into some classes to register for in the fall, since I was too late to register for classes this semester.  And I knew you had your last final today, so, I wanted to see you'd like to join me at the Campus Coffee House.  But, I see I must have interrupted something.  You guys look so intense.  So did I?  Interrupt something?"

     

    "I'm really not sure if you did or not,"  Dylan replies.  

     

    "Well, you both look like you could use some cheering up, so, how about we head over to the coffee house?  And, I'll call Conner and see if he can join us?"

     

    "Not today, Jasmine, I'm really not feeling well,"  says Ashley.

     

    Jasmine looks at her.  "Yeah, you do look a little pale and down in the mouth.  Anything I can help with?"

     

    "No.  I'm sorry, I really have to go,"  Ashley says, trying her best to hold back the tears that are threatening to come at any second.

     

    "Ashley, if something's wrong, then we need to talk about it,"  Dylan says.  

     

    "Dylan, just trust me, I'll be fine.  I didn't do so well on a couple of my finals, and I just wanna be by myself for a while."

     

    "Ashley, are you sure that's it?"

     

    "Yes.  Dylan, I'll text you later."

     

    "Can I call you, in a couple hours?  To make sure you're okay?"

     

    "Maybe,"  Ashley says, then she quickly turns and walks away, leaving Dylan with a worried look on his face, and Jasmine with a slight smile of satisfaction.  

     

    "Wow, I wonder what's up with her,"  Jasmine says.  

     

    "I have no idea,"  Dylan says, upset.

     

    "Well, how would YOU like to join me for a coffee?"  Jasmine asks.

     

    Dylan hesitates for a few seconds as he watches Ashley walk away.  "Sure, why not,"  he says.  

     

    Jasmine smiles.  "Great, let's go,"  she says.  She and Dylan begin walking toward the Campus Coffee House, the smile on her face growing wider as she thinks about the scene she has just witnessed, and about the apparent growing divide between Dylan and Ashley.

    The Krebbs Ranch....

     Ray and Donna walk into the Krebbs home that afternoon, Ray carrying two large suitcases and Donna a smaller one.  "What in the world have you got in these bags?"  Ray asks.  "Feels like they each weigh a ton.

     

    "Well, as you know, Margaret, Luann and I went shopping on Sunday, and as you also know, I can never pass up a good bargain,"  Donna says.

     

    Ray smiles.  "Well, next time I'll just have to hang on to the credit card and give you a hundred or so in cash so you don't bring home twice what we left here with."

     

    "That won't work, since I have my own credit cards, so, nice try."

     

    "I wonder where those boys are,"  Ray says.  "I'll get one of them to take these up to our room."

     

    "They're probably out working on the ranch someplace.  Just leave 'em there for now.  We can take them up later.  Right now, I just wanna enjoy being home, and relax."

     

    "Relaxin' sounds good to me, I'm kinda tired from that long drive from Austin."

     

    "So am I.  I'm gonna go upstairs and freshen up a bit."

     

    "Okay.  I think I'll call Bobby and see what's goin' on with this whole Shawn Smith thing."

     

    "Alright, I'll be down in a few minutes,"  Donna says.  She kisses him, then goes up the stairs.  Ray walks over and picks up the phone to call Southfork.

    Justin's ranch house....

     Conner is sitting in his truck outside of Justin's ranch house when Ashley drives up in her car and comes to a stop behind him.  Conner gets out of his truck to meet her as Ashley gets out of her car.  "Hi,"  he says.

     

    "Hi."

     

    "I'm glad you came,"  Conner says.

    "I almost didn't,"  Ashley says.

     

    "Then why did you?"

     

    "I don't know."

     

    "I think you do know,"  says Conner.  "Why don't we go inside and talk?  It's kinda hot out here."

     

    Ashley nods, and the two walk up to the house.  Ashley takes the keys from her pocket and unlocks the front door.  The two go in.  

     

    Conner lets out a deep sigh.  "Ashley, I know that we said that we have to forget about what happened between us.  But I can't.  It's all I've been able to think about."

     

    "It's all I've been thinking about, too.  Conner, what are we gonna do?  Dylan was waiting for me on campus when I got out of class.  He wanted me to go somewhere with him so we could be alone.  And I.......I couldn't even look him in the eye.  And then, to make things even worse, Jasmine showed up."

     

    "Jasmine?  What was she doing there?"  Conner asks.

     

    "She said she was checking into some classes to take in the fall."

     

    "Ashley, Dylan is my brother, and I love him.  I love him a lot.  But I can't go on denying my feelings for you, especially after we made love.  Being with you was the most wonderful night of my life, and, I don't regret it.  And I think you feel the same way."

     

    Ashley begins to cry.  "I do.  Conner, I love you, but, I also love Dylan, and I can't hurt him."

     

    "I don't wanna hurt him, either, but, what are we supposed to do?  Go on pretending like everything is okay?  Like it's the same as it was before?  I can't do that.  Every time the three of us are together, or the four of us if Jasmine remains in the picture, I'm gonna be looking at you, wishing I could be with you, but knowing that you're with my brother, and he's gonna be making love to you."

     

    "Conner, I don't know what to do.  I wanna be with you, but I don't wanna hurt Dylan.  He's such a good person, and he's been so good to me."

     

    "But are we supposed to just deny ourselves and the way we feel to keep from hurting Dylan?"  Conner asks.  "Ashley, I'm not gonna be able to hide my feelings for you.  What's gonna happen when we're all together, and Dylan or Jasmine, or someone else sees the way I'm looking at you?  Ashley, I can't live like that.  I don't wanna hurt my brother, but I HAVE to be with you.  Even if we have to sneak around, stealing moments alone together like this."  Conner pauses and places his hand on her face.  "Please tell me you feel the same way about me."

     

    Ashley looks at him, tears in her eyes.  "Oh, yes.  Yes, I do.  Conner, I love you.  And I wanna be with you."

     

    "I wanna make love you,"  Conner says.  "Right here.......right now."

     

    Ashley nods.  The two kiss for a few seconds, then, Ashley unbuttons and removes her blouse.  

     "Oh my God,"  Conner says.  "You are the most beautiful and amazing girl I've ever known.  Ashley, I want you SO much right now."

     

    "Shhhh,"  Ashley says, placing her hand on his lips.  "Stop talking and make love to me."  

     

    Conner smiles.  He takes off his shirt, and the two begin kissing passionately. 

    Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital....

     

    A Dallas sheriff's deputy stands guard outside of the room in the emergency department at Texas Health Presbyterian where Shawn is being held.  A nurse comes down the hall with a wheelchair.  "Hi,"  she says to the deputy.  "I need to take the patient to X-Ray."

     

    "Alright," the deputy says.  He and the nurse walk into Shawn's room, where he is laying on a bed, still seeming to be in agonizing pain.

     

    "Mr. Smith,  I need to take you down to X-ray."

     

     

    "Please,"  Shawn begs.  "Can't you give me something for the pain?"  

     

    "I have to take you to X-ray right now, but, I'll see what I can do."

     

    "Thank you  Please......it hurts."

     

    "Hey, what do you think's wrong with him?"  The deputy asks the nurse.

     

    "We won't know until we get his test results back, and the results of his X-rays.  Okay, Mr. Smith, let's go. Take it easy."

     

    The deputy unlocks Shawn's handcuffs, as his wrist was handcuffed to the bed.  "Okay, Smith, come on."

     

    Shawn gets off the bed with some difficulty, aided by the nurse and the deputy, and placed in the wheelchair.  He moans in pain as the nurse wheels him down the hall, the deputy following, and through a set of double doors.   A moment later, they go through another set of double doors and into the X-ray department.  The nurse hands Shawn's orders to the receptionist, who thanks her.  "I'll be back as soon as he's done,"  the nurse tells the deputy, and leaves.  

     

    Sitting in the wheelchair, Shawn looks around the empty hallway, hoping for a chance to make his move. 

     

    After almost a full minute, a young man comes out of a room carrying some papers.  "Hi,"  the young man says.  "Here for an X-ray?"

     

    "That's right,"  the deputy replies.  

     

    "Shawn Allen Smith,"  the young man says, looking at Shawn, and the two obviously recognize each other.  "Okay, you ready?"

     

    "I guess,"  Shawn replies.  

     

    The young man wheels him into the room.  "We should be done in about ten minutes," he tells the deputy, then closes the door.  He wheels Shawn over to a large X-ray table and looks at him.  "Shawn, dude, when I saw your name on the paper, I wasn't sure it was you."

     

    "Tyler, I didn't know you worked here,"  Shawn says.  

     

    "Yeah, well, you know I'm goin' to SMU to be a radiology technician.  I've been working here about two months.  I've been keeping up with the news, so, I know a little about what's been goin' on.  Dude, last I heard, you were CEO of Westar Oil.  What the hell happened to get you in all this trouble?"

     

    Shawn looks at him and sighs.  "Let's just say I was double crossed."

     

    "Things have sure changed since we all back in high school in Braddock," Tyler says.  "You, me, and Alex.  I guess he's still dating Bridget McKinnon, huh?"

     

    "Tyler, if you don't mind, Alex Walton.......Alex EWING......is the last person in the world I wanna talk about."

     

    Tyler looks at him curiously.  "Oh?  I'm sorry, man.  You and Alex were so close in high school.  You guys were almost joined at the hip."

     

    "Yeah, well he's part of the reason I lost everything.  Can we just get on with this?  My side is killing me."

     

    "Okay.  come on.  Can you stand by yourself?"

     

    "Yes."

     

    "Okay, I'll help you on the table,"  Tyler says.  

     

    Shawn stands to his feet, moves over to the X-ray table and takes a seat on it.  

     

    "Okay, just lay down on the table,"  Tyler says.  "Lie as still as you can, and when I tell you, take a deep breath in and hold in."

     

    Shawn nods.  As Tyler turns his back on him and begins walking toward the small control booth to take the X-ray, Shawn quickly leaps off the table and grabs Tyler around the neck, placing him in a choke hold.  Tyler struggles, 

    but Shawn is too strong for him, especially since Shawn is cutting off his air.  "Tyler, stop struggling,"  Shawn tells him.  "We were friends in high school.  I don't wanna hurt you, so DON'T make me."

     

    "Shawn, what are you doing, man?"  Tyler manages to ask as he struggles to breathe.

     

    "Trying to get myself out of this,"  replies Shawn.  "Here's what we're gonna do.  We're gonna go over to that door and you're gonna call that deputy in here.  And Tyler, like I said, we were friends in high school.  Last thing I wanna do is hurt you, but I will if I have to, so don't do anything stupid."  Shawn drags Tyler to the door, one arm around Tyler's neck, and with his other hand, he holds Tyler's left arm behind his back. "Now call that deputy," Shawn orders.

     

    "Deputy!"  Tyler calls out, shaking with fear.  "Could you come in here for a second?"

     

    Shawn releases Tyler from his grip, but before Tyler can even turn around, Shawn picks up a blunt object from a table and brings it down on Shawn's head, striking the young man hard. Shawn falls to the floor, unconscious.  A second later, the deputy walks in, and Shawn also strikes him from behind.  The deputy falls near the door.  Shawn looks down at Tyler lying on the floor, out cold, bleeding from his head.  "Tyler, I'm sorry, pal.  But I had to do that."  Shawn goes over to the

     deputy and kneels down.  First he takes the deputy's gun from his holster, then searches his pocket for his keys.  When he finds the keys, he unlocks the shackles around his feet and takes them off.  Then he walks back over to Tyler.  "Real sorry about this, buddy,"  he says to the unconscious Tyler.

    A few minutes later....

    Shawn opens the door to the X-ray room.  His heart pounding with fear and his adrenaline pumping, he nervously looks to his left down one end of the hall, and to his right down the other.  When he sees no one around, he quickly exits the room, makes his way down the hall and goes through a set of double doors at the end.  A few minutes later still, he exits the hospital through a rear entrance.  Darkness has now fallen over the city of Dallas, and Shawn looks around the hospital parking lot to make sure no one is around.  In a parking space nearby is a Dallas sheriff's patrol car.  Shawn hopes it's the car of the deputy who had been guarding him.  He knows he has to make his escape from the hospital as fast as possible, since someone is bound to discover Tyler and the deputy any minute now, or they would regain consciousness soon.  Deciding to take his chances, 

    Shawn hurries to the  patrol car and tries the key in the door.  As luck would have it, the key unlocks the door.  

    Shawn gets into the car.  He puts the key into the ignition and starts the car.  Shawn breathes a sigh of relief, but he knows he is far from safe yet.  He has to get at least a few miles away from this hospital, and then ditch this deputy's car, because the police will soon be looking all over for it.  He quickly pulls out of the parking space and speeds away from the hospital, hoping to at least make it out of the city before they can catch up to him.

    Meanwhile....

    In the X-ray room, the deputy begins to come to.  Opening his eyes, he man rubs the back of his aching head.  He sits up and looks around, seeing Tyler still unconscious on the floor a few feet from him.  The deputy crawls over to him.  "Son?  Son?"  He calls.  He gets up and staggers to the door, opening it.  "HEY!  I NEED SOME HELP IN HERE!"  He yells, alerting three more hospital employees down the hall, who come running.  When the employees, a female nurse and two young male X-ray technicians arrive, the nurse begins examining the deputy's head, while the two males rush over to Tyler.

     

    "What happened?"  The nurse asks.

     

    "Prisoner escaped,"  the deputy replies.  "I have to call this in."  He takes his police radio mic mounted on his shoulder and calls the Dallas Police Department.  "Dallas PD, this is Deputy Franklin with the Dallas Sheriff's Department.  I'm at Texas Health Presbyterian.  I need backup.  Escaped prisoner.......Shawn Smith."

     

    "Dallas PD en route,"  comes a voice over the police radio.  ETA five minutes."

     

    "What happened in here?"  A security guard asks, he and another guard walking in.

     

    "Escaped prisoner,"  the deputy replies.  "We need to have the hospital sealed.  All entrances and exits.  No one allowed in or out. Prisoner took my gun AND my keys.  He's armed and dangerous."

     

    "On it,"  one of the guards says, leaving the room.

     

     

     

     

     

    "How's the kid?"  The deputy asks the nurse, who is now kneeling over Tyler.  

     

    "He's dead,"  replies one of the other X-ray technicians, in tears.

     

    The deputy looks down at the young blonde man laying on the floor and a stricken look of grief comes over his face as he feels tremendous guilt over his own momentary lapse in judgement in allowing a prisoner to get the better of him and escape......a prisoner who has now turned into a killer!

    Meanwhile....a street heading away from Dallas...

     Shawn is driving the patrol car down a rural road leading away from Dallas, heading toward Braddock.  "I've gotta find some place to ditch this car," he says to himself.  "They're gonna be lookin' for it, and for me.  They probably already have a dragnet out, or whatever they do."  Curious, he switches on the police radio to listen to see if there is any report about him coming over the police scanner.  After listening through a minute of reports about a home invasion and a report of shots fired at a convenience store in a bad part of town, he finally hears what he was listening for:

     

    "Police in Dallas and surrounding counties are to be on the look out for a Dallas Sheriff's Department patrol car, number 95, which is probably being driven by an escaped fugitive.  A short while ago, an inmate being transferred from the county jail in Braddock, to Dallas, escaped from the Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital after overpowering a Dallas sheriff's deputy and attacking a hospital employee.  The suspect, Shawn Allen Smith, is wanted for rape, and now is being charged with alluding police, with assault on an officer, and assault and battery on the hospital employee.  Smith is 20-years-old, stands approximately 5 foot 8, weighs approximately 160 lbs., has brown hair and blue eyes.  He is the former Chief Executive Officer of Westar Oil.  Smith is considered armed and extremely dangerous."

     "Okay okay,"  Shawn says.  "Don't panic.  Everything's gonna be okay.  I have to ditch this damned car.  I have to ditch it NOW!"  Seeing a turn off just ahead, Shawn pulls off the main road and down another road.  He drives for a full three minutes until he comes to a steep embankment.  He pulls the car off the road, the front of the car facing toward the embankment.  Getting out of the car, Shawn puts the vehicle into drive, then pushes the car forward until it rolls down the steep embankment, through some thick brush, and crashes at the bottom.  Because of the darkness, Shawn is unable to see to the bottom of the embankment, so he has no idea if the car is still visible from the top of the embankment, or from the road.  After disposing of the car, Shawn realizes he needs to get of the road and into the woods, where he can hopefully disappear for the night.  But he is determined not to make the same mistake he did when he was captured at Southfork.  This time, he tells himself, he will be more clever.   Leaving the road, he heads into a wooded area and vanishes.

    The Krebbs home.... 

     Conner walks into the Krebbs home that night, and as he starts to head up to his bedroom, he is startled to see Ray and Donna sitting in the living room.  "Hey, there,"  Ray says to the young man.

     

    "Well, where in the world have you been?"  Donna asks.

     

    "Ray, Donna,"  he says.  "I didn't think you guys were coming home until tomorrow."

     

    "We decided to come back a day early,"  Donna says.  "You know how Ray he, he's such a homebody he can't stand to be away from this ranch for more than a few days."

     

    Ray smiles.  "As much as I love visiting Margaret, Matt, and our little grandson, I can't help it if I just like sleepin' on my own bed."

     

    "Did you guys have a good time?"  Conner nervously asks.

     

    "Yes, we did,"  Donna replies.  "Anything new happen here while we were gone?"

     

    "No,"  Conner quickly answers.  "No, nothing."

     

    "Conner, is everything alrigh with you?"  Ray asks.  "You're actin' kinda strange right now."

     

    "No, I'm fine.  Just tired, that's all.  Where's Dylan?"

     

    "He's upstairs, in bed already, I think,"  says Donna.

     

    "Good.  I think I'm gonna turn in myself.  Welcome home.  Good night."  Conner flashes a quick and nervous smile, then heads up the stairs.  

     

    Donna sighs.  "Well, what do you suppose that was all about?  I've never seen Conner act so strange."

     

    "Neither have I.  He was definitely hidin' somethin' but, he's a grown man and it's none of our business, so let's just forget it.  If Conner needs to talk to us about somethin', he will."

     

    Donna nods.  "I suppose you're right."

     

    Meanwhile, Conner walks into his room, immediately walking over to his bed.  As he slips off his sneakers, his mind thinks back to earlier that evening, when he and Ashley were in each others' arms at Justin's ranch house.  He doesn't hear him when Dylan comes to his brother's open bedroom door and walks in.  

     

    "You were out late,"  Dylan says, startling his brother.

     

    Conner turns to face him.  "Dylan, what the hell?  You should know better than to sneak up on someone like that."

     

    "I didn't mean to sneak up on you,"  Dylan says.  "Your door was open, so I just came in.  Conner, what's going on with you."

     

    "Nothing.  Nothing is going on with me, and nothing is wrong with me.  I wish people would stop asking me that."

     

    "Okay, sorry,"  says Dylan.  "I was kinda hoping to talk to you."

     

    "About what?"  Conner asks, his tone a bit short.

     

    "About me and Ashley.  I went to SMU to see her today.  I wanted to be there when she got out of her last class of the semester, and she acted really bizarre.  Like, she was angry that I went there, even though we haven't seen each other in two days.  I just feel like something has changed between us, and I'm really not sure what to do about it."

     

     

    Conner looks at his brother.  "Dylan, look, no offense, but I have enough problems of my own right now without listening to you whine about your troubles with Ashley.  If you're having a problem with her, then talk to HER about it."

    Dylan looks at him, surprised by his brother's reaction.  "Okay, FINE.  Sorry I bothered you,"  he says.  Dylan walks to the door, then turns back to his brother.  "Conner, I don't know what the hell your problem is, but lately, you're acting like a real ass, and I'll remember this next time you need something."  Dylan walks out of the room and closes the door behind him.  

     

    Conner takes a seat on the bed and lets out a deep sigh as he runs his hands through his thick, dark hair, feeling caught in an impossible situation, and also finding it hard to face Dylan after just spending the afternoon making love to his brother's girlfriend.

    Southfork....the next moring....

     

     A Alex jumps into the pool at Southfork early the next morning and swims across the length of the pool.  While 

    Alex is playing in the pool, enjoying a refreshing swim on a hot morning before beginning his day, Bobby and Ann come onto the patio as Maria is setting the table on the patio for breakfast.  

     

    "Beautiful mornin',"  Ann says as they take their seats at the table.

     

    "Yeah, and it's gonna be another hot one,"  says Bobby.  "I sure hope we can get some rain soon.  Almanac says we may be in for another hot, dry summer.  I really dread that."

     

    John Ross, Krystina, Christopher, Courtney, Jacob and Michael all come out of the house, each of them chattering away, and the noisy group take their seats at the table.  

     

    "Well, are you boys ready to be out of school for the summer?"  Bobby asks Michael and Jacob.  

     

    "Oh, yeah, can't wait,"  replies Michael.

     

    "This year went by really fast,"  says Jacob.  "I'm really looking forward to summer.  Especially since Joseph is gonna be staying in Dallas for the summer."

     

    "Oh, he is?"  Bobby asks.

     

    "How come this is the first I'm hearing of this?"  Christopher asks.  "Courtney, did you know that Joseph is staying here for the summer?"

     

    "Yes, he told me."

     

    "And how come you didn't find it important enough to mention it to me?"

     

    As Courtney is about to reply, they are interrupted when Lucas and Heather come out of the house and take their usual seats at the breakfast table.  "Mornin' , everyone,"  Heather says.

     

    "Good morning,"  Krystina says.  

     

    "Dad, the guy is supposed to be coming today to inspect all the irrigation pumps,"  Lucas says.

     

    "Good.  If we're in for another hot, dry summer, then we're gonna need those pumps in top working order."

     

    Alex climbs out of the pool, grabs a towel, and walks over to the table.  "Hey, you havin' breakfast?"  John Ross asks his son.

     

    "Yeah, I am.  I'll run upstairs and change and be right down,"  Alex says.  

     

    "Dry yourself off a little first, so you don't drip water all through the house,"  Ann says.

     

    Alex smiles.  "Okay."

     

    Just then, Courtney's brother, Gavin Murray, who still works as a ranch hand at Southfork, walks up to the house from the direction of the stables.  "Morning, everyone,"  Gavin says.

     

    "Morning, Gavin,"  says Bobby.  "Would you like some breakfast?"

     

    "No, thank you, Mr. Ewing,"  Gavin replies.  "I just came up to see Courtney.  I have some news.  Actually, this is news you should all hear."

     

    "Gavin, what is it?  What's happened?"  Courtney asks.

     

    "Sounds serious,"  says John Ross.

     

    "It is.  And it's bad news.  I just heard on the morning news that Shawn escaped last night."

     

    "What?"  Asks a stunned Courtney.

     

    "He escaped?"  Alex asks.

     

    "Yeah.  Apparently, they took him to the hospital for abdominal pains, and he knocked out a sheriff's deputy and attacked an X-ray technician."

     

    "Oh my Lord,"  says Ann.  

     

    "Do they have any idea where he might be?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "No.  But that's not the worst of it,"  Gavin says.  "That X-ray technician Shawn attacked........he died.  So now, Shawn is gonna be charged with murder when they find him, and they said he's armed and considered very dangerous."

     

    "Dear God,"  Courtney says.  

     

    "I just can't believe it,"  says Ann.

     

    "You said the person he killed was an X-ray technician?"  Alex asks.

     

    "Yes, that's right."

     

    "Was it a male or a female?  Did they give a name?"

     

    "Yeah, they did,"  Gavin replies.  "It was a young guy, 21-years-old........Tyler, something."

     

    "Was it.......Tyler Walden?"

     

    "Yeah, that was it."

     

    "Oh God.....no,"  Alex says, almost in tears.

     

    "Tyler Walden?"  John Ross asks.  "Why does that name sound so familiar?"

     

    "Alex, isn't that the boy who use to come over here sometimes when you were in high school?"  Krystina asks.

     

    Alex nods.  "Yes.  I went to high school with Tyler.  We were pretty good friends.  He used to come over and hang out with me and......and Shawn."

     

    "Tyler was my friend, Lt. Steve Walden's grandson,"  Bobby says.  

     

    "If Smith is on the loose again, then that means this family is in danger,"  John Ross says.  "And if he's already killed once, then he'll likely kill again.  I think we need to get some security here on this ranch."

     

    "I'll get right on it,"  Lucas says.  

     

    "Gavin, you alert all the hands.  Have some stationed at every entrance to Southfork and take some of the boys and search the ranch,"  Bobby orders.

     

    "Yes, sir, but there's an awful lot of territory to cover out there, and a lot of woods."

     

    "We'll take the chopper,"  Lucas says, getting up from the table.  "I'll go with you."

     

    "I'll come too,"  Christopher says.  "Sooner we find Shawn, the safer we'll all feel."

     

    "Aren't you guys gonna have breakfast?"  Heather says.  

     

    "No time,"  Lucas says.

     

    "I'm comin', too,"  says Bobby, also getting up from the table.

     

    "Dad, no,"  Christopher says.  "If Shawn is headed this way......"

     

    "What the hell do you mean IF he's headed this way?"  John Ross asks.  "We all know that psycho made a serious threat that he was gonna get this family, and he's already been caught on Southfork once.  I'd bet my life that he's either headed here, or he's already out there somewhere on this ranch."

     

    "John Ross is right,"  Christopher says.  "If he's headed this way, Dad, you need to stay here with Ann and the other women because they're gonna need some protection until the sheriff can get here."

     

    "Alright, now look,"  Bobby says.  "Hopefully, Shawn is nowhere near Southfork, but if he is, and you find him, for God's sake, be careful.  That kid's obviously snapped."

     

    "Maybe you should keep the boys home from school today,"  Lucas suggests.

     

    "But Dad, it's the last day,"  says Michael.  "We won't see our friends all summer."

     

    "Okay, but I think one of the hands should drive them to school."

     

    "I'll stop by the cottage and get Miguel to take them,"  Christopher says.

     

    "Alex, you gonna be okay?"  John Ross asks his son.

     

    "I'm fine,"  Alex replies, still in shock over the news that one of his old high school friends had been murdered by another.  "But  I wanna go  with you, Lucas."

     

    "No, absolutely not,"  John Ross says.  "I don't want you anywhere near that maniac.  Remember, it's you and me that he's after."

     

    "Alright come on, guys,"  Christopher says.  

     

    "Wait,"  Courtney says.  She gets up from the table and walks over to Gavin.  "Please be careful.  And, if you happen to find Shawn on Southfork, Gavin, remember.....he's our brother."

     

    Gavin nods.  "I'll remember."

     

    "Courtney, we'll try not to hurt him, but if he forces us, then we'll do what we have to,"  says Christopher.  "You guys go get some guns and meet me at the cottage.  I'll get Miguel to take the boys to school."

     

    As Lucas and Gavin head into the house with Bobby to get some guns to look for Shawn, Christopher heads off in the direction of the cottage, while Krystina puts her arms around Alex in an attempt to comfort him.  Michael and Jacob look at each other, both boys worried about the situation unfolding.  

    Meanwhile....the Dallas-Braddock County line....

     

    Shawn cracks open the door of an old barn on a small farm in a rural area of Braddock County, just over the county line from Dallas.  He looks around the yard of the farm and toward the house.  Seeing no one around, Shawn exits the barn and quickly runs in a hunched over 

    manner to a small wood shed not far from the house.  He is wearing clothes he stole from the clothes line the night before.  He looks at the house.  He's been awake for hours, and has seen no activity on this place, but then, he sees an older man in his mid to late 60s, and a young boy of about 13 exit the farm house.  Shawn hides behind the shed and watches as the old man and the boy walk to a car parked in front of the house, the same car that Shawn had attempted to steal the night before, but had found it locked.  He moves closer, and hides behind the corner of the house as the man and boy get into the car.  

     

    "Grandpa, wait,"  Shawn hears the boy says.  "I forgot my math notebook."

     

    "Okay, well hurry up, or you're gonna be late for your last day of school."

     

    "Be right back," the young boy says.  He rushes back into the house while the man gets into the car and waits for his grandson.  About 45 seconds later, the boy comes out of the house and onto the porch carrying his book bag.  As he steps off the porch and begins walking to the car, Shawn sees his chance.  He steps out from behind the car, pulling the deputy's revolver he had stolen.

     

    "Alright, HOLD IT!"  Shawn says, pulling the gun on the boy, startling him.  "Hey, old man, get out of that car."

     

    Frightened, the man looks at Shawn, then does as he is told.  He gets out of the car  "Who are you?  What do you want here?"

     

    "Your car, and money,"  Shawn says.

     

    "Grandpa......"  the boy says in a frightened voice.

     

    "Shhhh.....it's alright, Cameron,"  the old man says.  "Okay, take what you want......just don't hurt us."

     

    "Anybody in the house?"  Shawn asks.

     

    "No,"  the man quickly replies.

     

    "Mister, you'd better be telling me the truth,"  Shawn says, brandishing the gun.  "If  I have to go in and check that house myself, you're not gonna like it, and neither will whoever I find inside."

     

    "Okay, okay.  It's just my wife inside.  But please, don't hurt her."

     

    "I'm not gonna hurt anyone.......unless I have to, and that's entirely up to you folks.  Now let's get in that house.  Kid, looks like you're gonna miss your last day of school.  Now MOVE."

     

    Reluctantly, the man and the boy go up the front steps onto the porch, and into the house.  Shawn follows.  As they enter the house, a woman comes in from the kitchen.  

     

    "I thought you two were gone already,"  says the woman, a matronly looking woman in her sixties, says.  She stops short in the small foyer of the house when she sees her husband and grandson, and Shawn with a gun on them.  "OH, my.  What in the world."

     

    "Just be cool, lady,"  Shawn says.  "Everyone be cool, and no one gets hurt."

     

    "Who are you?"  The woman asks.  

     

     

    "I know who he is,"  the boy says.  "He's that guy the cops are lookin' for.  The prisoner the news said escaped from the hospital last night."

     

    "Smart kid,"  Shawn says.  "Your grandson, huh?"

     

    "That's right,"  replies the man.  

     

    "So why's he living with you?"  Shawn asks.  "Where are your parents, kid?"

     

    "They're dead,"  the boy says.

     

    "Sorry to hear that.  But looks like you could do a lot worse than these two.  Maybe you won't turn out like I did.  All three of you....get in the living room."

     

    The older couple and the boy do as they are told and go into the living room of the farmhouse, Shawn following.  

     

    "Now, look, son,"  the man says.  "Don't do anything stupid or hasty.  Just take whatever you want and don't hurt us."

     

    "Nobody's gonna get hurt, Pops,"  says Shawn.  "Not if you do as you're told.  I need money, and I need the keys to that car outside.  I also need food and clothes, but I can help myself to that.  How much money have you got in the house?"

     

    "About a hundred dollars,"  the woman replies in a timid voice.

     

    "Is that all?"

     

    "Yes, that's all, I swear,"  the woman says.  

     

    "We don't keep a whole lotta cash around here,"  the man says.

     

    "I......I've got $20,"  the frightened boy says.  "Y......you can have it, if you please don't hurt us."

     

    Shawn looks at the boy for a few seconds, seeing himself at that age.  "Thanks, kid, but, no.  You keep it."  He looks at the man.  Give me the money."

     

    The man reaches into his pocket and pulls out his wallet.  He takes out a $50 bill and gives it to Shawn.

     

    "Where's the rest?"  Shawn angrily asks.

     

    "In a cookie jar in the kitchen,"  the woman says.

     

    "A cookie jar?  You're kidding.  You mean, people actually do that?  Okay, lady, go get it.  And if you think about doing anything stupid, remember.......I've got your husband and your grandson in here, with a gun.  Now go get the money."

     

    The woman nervously nods, then goes into the kitchen.  

     

    "Kid, turn on the TV,"  Shawn says.  "Turn it to the news."

     

    "My name's Cameron,"  the boy says, picking up the remote.  

     

    "Oh, yeah?  My name's Shawn."

     

    "I know,"  Cameron says.  He switches on the TV and turns it to a local news channel.  

     

    The woman returns with the other $50 Shawn had demanded.  "There,"  she says, giving it to him.  "It's all there."

     

    "Good."  Shawn stuffs the money into his pocket.  "Hey, you got any rope anywhere?  A lot of it?"

     

    "There's some out in the barn,"  the man says.  

     

    "Great.  Okay, here's what we're gonna do.  The kid and I are gonna go out to the barn and get that rope.  And we're gonna come back, and you're all gonne get to be tied up for a while.  Cameron, let's go.......come on, to the barn."

     

    Cameron looks at his grandparents.

     

    "Kid, don't be looking at them,"  says an angry Shawn.  "It's not up to them.  You're coming to the barn with me to get that rope, and you don't have a choice.  And Grandma and Grandpa.......you sit real still and real quiet.  Don't make me have to hurt this kid."  Shawn grabs the boy by the arm, and together they leave the house as Cameron's grandparents watch helplessly.  

     

    "Oh my God, Joe,"  the woman cries.  "What are we gonna do?"

     

    "Shhhh, just be cool, Doris,"  the man tells his wife.  "We just do what this kid says.  Give him what he wants, and he'll leave."

     

    "Joe, he's a killer.  I heard on the news this morning that this boy killed an X-ray technician at the hospital last night.  He's crazy, and desperate.  And now he has our grandson out there."

     

    Joe embraces his terrified wife.

     

     

     

    Meanwhile, Shawn and Cameron hurry out to the barn and go inside.  "Get the rope,"  Shawn orders.  

     

    The frightened boy looks at him.  "What are you gonna do to us?"  He asks, reaching into an old trunk.  

     

    "If you and your grandparents cooperate.......nothing."

     

     

     

    A few minutes later....

    As Shawn holds the gun and watches, Cameron is tying his grandparents up with the rope he had taken from the barn.  "Make sure they're good and tight,"  Shawn tells the boy.  

     

    "They're tight,"  Cameron says.

     

    "Okay, good.  Now you take a seat in that chair."

     

    "What are you gonna do?"  The woman asks.

     

    "Gonna tie the kid up.  Make sure you folks don't call the cops on me as soon as I drive outta here in your car."

     

    Cameron walks over to the chair and sits down.  Shawn goes over to the boy and ties his hands behind him, then ties his feet together.  

     

    "There now,"  Shawn says as he finishes tying the boy.  "I'll be right back."  Shawn goes into the kitchen and opens one of the cabinets.  Taking a plastic bag, he fills it with snacks.  Then he goes upstairs and looks in the closet.  He takes a pair of pants that look to be about his size, and two shirts.  Afterwards, having changed into a set of the man's clothes he found in the closet, he returns to the living room downstairs, and to the very frightened couple and their grandson tied up.  "Well, I really wanna thank you folks for all your hospitality,"  he says.  He brings with him three hankerchiefs he had taken from upstairs.  One, he puts over the man's mouth, and the second over the woman's.  He takes the third and puts over the boy's mouth, tying it in back.  "I'm sure someone will be by and find you folks sooner or later.  Thanks again."  Taking the food, the clothes he had stolen, and the family's car keys, he walks into the foyer, then exits the house. 

     

    After their unwelcome intruder is gone, the family breathes a collective sigh of relief.  

     

    Outside, Shawn goes to the family's car and gets in.  He starts the car and switches on the radio, hoping to hear some news about the search for him.  Hearing nothing but music, he turns the stations until he finds one with news on it.  He listens carefully:  "And the Governor will be in Dallas on Tuesday to discuss those proposals.  In 

    other news, police in Dallas and surrounding counties continue to search for escaped prisoner Shawn Allen Smith, who escaped last evening from the Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital while in police custody.  Smith is wanted for the sexual assault of a Dallas woman, and now is currently facing charges of escaping from custody, and for the murder of a 20-year-old hospital employee, Tyler Walden, who Smith allegedly attacked during his escape....."

     

    Shawn switches off the radio, a look of shock on his face.  "No, no,"  he says.  "That can't be right.  I didn't hit him that hard, damn it!  I didn't hit him that hard!"  Shawn begins to cry.  "Oh God, what have I done?  Tyler, my God.  No."  After a few seconds, Shawn's expression of grief turns to a look of anger.  "Damn you Ewings,"  he says.  "This is all your fault.  None of this would be happening if it weren't for you.  And now that I've got nothing left to lose..........there's nothing to stop me from getting my revenge."  Shawn drives away from the farm, turning left out of the drive way, heading toward Braddock.

    Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital....

     Pamela is sitting up in her hospital bed finishing her breakfast when Justin walks into the room.  "Hey, darlin',"  he says.

     

    "Hi."

     

    Justin walks over and kisses her.  "How're you feelin'?"

     

    "I'm feeling........I'm not sure how I feel.  I guess you heard the news."

     

    "About Smith escaping?"  Justin asks.  "I heard.  Damn it, Pamela, if I had known that was happenin' here in this hospital, I would've rushed right over here."

     

    "I didn't know either until after midnight last night, when I couldn't sleep and I turned on the news.  It said that Shawn killed someone here in the hospital.  A hospital employee."

    "Yeah, it was a young kid named Tyler,"  Justin says.  "He was a friend of Alex's from high school.  I talked to John Ross, and he said Alex is takin' it pretty hard."

     

    Pamela shakes her head as she begins to cry.  "Oh, God,"  she says.  "I knew that Shawn Smith was cruel and ruthless.  He almost made his brother Tripp look like a saint.  But I had no idea just how sick and twisted he really is.  He raped me and murdered someone."

     

    "That son of a bitch murdered two people, Pamela.  He murdered that Tyler kid, and he murdered our baby.  And if it's the last thing I ever do,  I swear, I'm gonna make him pay for that, and for what he did to you."

     

    "I don't wanna talk about him anymore,"  Pamela says.  "I just wanna forget that I ever knew him."

     

    "You're right,"  Justin says.  "There is somethin' else we need to talk about.  Darlin', I spoke with Tom Griffith and some of the other Westar board members and, they all agreed......... with everything that's happened to you, you should hold off on takin' that job as Westar CEO for now.  Tom has agreed to remain on as temporary CEO until you're recovered and you're ready to step in.  But they want you to take all the time you need."

     "Justin, I don't want........and I don't NEED any time,"  Pamela says.  "As soon as I get out of here, I'll be ready to start work."

     

    "Pamela, that's really not a good idea,"  says Justin.  "You've been through a real traumatic experience, and suffered a great loss.  Darlin', you need time to mourn.  Time to come to terms with what happened."

     

    "And working is the best way I know to handle this.  I've been through this before.  Both a rape and a miscarriage.  And both times.......when I miscarried my twins, and when Scott Van Buren raped me........I sat around with all this time on my hands, and I damned nearly lost my mind.  I won't go through that again.  This time, I intend to throw myself into work and block everything else out."

     

    "Well, we can talk about that when you're out of here,"  Justin says as a knock comes at the door.  "Come in,"  he says.

     

    John Ross opens the door and peaks his head in.  "Justin,"  he says.

     

    "John Ross, what are you doin' here?"  Justin asks.

     

    "Came by to see how Pamela's doin', and I was hopin' to catch you here.  Can we talk outside?"

     

    "Sure.  I'll be right back, darlin'."  Justin kisses his wife on the forehead, then follows John Ross into the hallway.

     

    "How's she doin'?"  John Ross asks his brother.

     

    Justin's bottom lip begins to tremble as he tries to fight back tears, but it proves to be a lost cause as he breaks down crying.  "John Ross.......that son of a bitch killed my child,"  Justin cries.  "He violated my wife in the most disgusting way and he cost us the life of our baby."

     

    "I know, little brother,"  John Ross says.  "Come here."  John Ross grabs Justin and pulls him into an embrace to comfort him.  

     

    "I want him dead, John Ross.  God help me, I want Shawn Smith DEAD!"

     

    "You're not alone in that feelin'.  Justin, everything's gonna be alright.  I promise.  They're gonna find that S.O.B. and when they do, I'm gonna use every resource at my disposal and every favor that's owed to this fam'ly to make sure that Shawn Smith gets the death penalty for what he did.  And he prob'ly will now.  That kid he murdered here at the hospital last night, Tyler Walden.  His granddaddy is Uncle Bobby's friend, Lt. Steve Walden of the Dallas P.D.  So Smith killed a cop's grandson.  He'll die for that.  But listen, somethin' else I wanted to make you aware of.  Until this psychopath is caught, this whole fam'ly needs to take extra precautions.  I think it'd be a good idea if you had a body guard, and had an officer posted outside Pamela's door here.  Maybe you should even have protection for Pamela's kids for the time bein'."

     

    "John Ross, I don't think we need to do all that."

     

    "Justin, don't forget......Hunter is Shawn Smith's nephew.  I wouldn't it past that maniac to use that little boy to try to get at you."

     

    "Hunter,"  Justin says.  "Oh my God.  He's with Afton.  I need to call her."

     

    Meanwhile, the elevator down the hall opens, and Lila steps off.  She spots her brothers down the hall and walks over to them.  "Justin,"  she says.  

     

    "Lila, what are you doin' here?"

     

    "I called your apartment when I couldn't get you on your cell phone.  Your mother-in-law, Afton, said that you were here at the hospital with Pamela.  How is she?"

     

    "It's real hard to tell.  Lila, will you excuse me for just a minute?  I need to take a phone call.  I'll be back."

     

    "Of course,"  Lila says as Justin walks away from her and John Ross.  She and John Ross exchange looks.  

     

    "Well, I'd appreciate if you'd tell Justin I had to leave,"  John Ross says.  

     

    "Somethin' I said?"  Lila asks.

     

    "Just tell him what I said."  John Ross walks away from her.

     

    "Always a pleasure, John Ross,"  Lila says, watching him walk away from her down the hall.

    Dallas Yacht Club....

     Samantha Chambers is walking around at the Dallas Yacht Club looking for someone.  When she spots the person she is looking for, Brandon Harwood, she approaches him.  Brandon is standing on his yacht, looking out over the water, his back to her as Samantha walks up to him.  "Hi,"  she says.  

     

    Brandon pauses, then turns to face her.  "Hi."

     

    "I phoned your office and your secretary said you didn't come in this morning,"  Samantha says.  "When you didn't answer your cell phone, and your Mom's maid said you weren't at your Mom's house, I thought I might find you here."

     

    "Came here to be alone."

     

    "Brandon, what's wrong with you?"  Samantha asks.  "You seem angry about somethin'.  What is it?"


    "Samantha, please, just.......just go away,"  Brandon says.

     

    Samantha makes her way onto the yacht.  "No.  I'm not gonna just go away.  Brandon, something is really bothering you.  Please, tell me what it is."

     

    "I can't."

     

    "Well, I'm not leaving until you tell me,"  Samantha says.

     

    "Samantha, I want you to go.  I can't see you anymore.  I don't wanna see you anymore."

     

    "I don't understand this.  The other day, everything was fine.  And now, something has changed between us.  I think I have a right to know why you're acting this way."

     

    "Samantha, for Heaven's sake, just go away and leave it alone,"  Brandon says, turning and walking down the steps to the small cabin of his yacht.

     

    Samantha follows him.   "Sorry, Brandon, but you're not gettin' rid of me that easily.  You and I have been spending a lot of time together these last few months.  I thought we were growing closer.  Brandon, I care for you, very deeply.  I thought you felt the same about me.  Has that changed?"

     

    Brandon turns his back to her.  "Samantha, I need to ask you something."

     

    "Of course.  Anything."

     

    "When is your birthday?"  Brandon asks.

     

    "My birthday?  Brandon, that's a strange question."

     

    "Please.......just tell me."

     

    "It's September 28,"  Samantha replies.

     

    Brandon's heart sinks.  He turns to face her.  "September 28, 1986?"

     

    "Yes.  So?  What does my birth date have to do with anything?"

     

    "Samantha..........September 28, 1986 is also MY birthdate,"  Brandon says.  

     

    "Well, that's a crazy coincidence, but, it's not really that unusual for two people to be born on the same day."

     

    "It's more than just a coincidence,"  Brandon says.  "Samantha, you know how I've been looking for answers about who my father was?"

     

    "Yes."

     

    "Well, I know who he was.  After all these years, I finally know who my father is."

     

    "Who?  Brandon, tell me.  Were you right?  Was J.R. Ewing your father?"

     

    "No.  J.R. Ewing was not my father."

     

    "Then who, Brandon?  Who was your father?"

     

    "My father was Paul Chambers."

     

    Samantha looks at him in shock.  "What?"

     

    "Samantha, your father, Paul Chambers..........he was my father.  My mother finally told me yesterday."  

     

    "Your mother told you that my father was YOUR father?  Brandon, she was lying.  She had to be."

     

    "No, she wasn't.  I thought that, too, but......"

     

    "Brandon, don't you see?"  Samantha asks.  "Your mother doesn't like me, I can tell.  So she made up this ridiculous lie to keep us apart."

     

    "NO.  Samantha, that's not the whole story,"  says Brandon.  

     

    "I don't wanna hear anymore!"

     

    "Samantha, now that I know the truth, you deserve to know, too,"  Brandon says, placing his hands on Samantha's shoulders.  "Doesn't it strike you as strange that you and I were born on the exact same day, September 28, 1986?"

     

    "All that means is that our mothers were pregnant with us at the same time."

     

    "NO.  Samantha, the truth is........you and I are twins.  We're TWINS, Samantha.  Paul Chambers and Holly Harwood had an affair and you and I are the result of that affair."

     

    "You're lying!  Or Holly's lying, one of you is LYING!"

     

    "No.  No on is lying.  Mom told me the whole story.  Paul's wife Melissa couldn't have anymore children after Ben was born, and she wanted another child.  So when Mom found out she was carrying twins, the three of them came to an agreement.  The Chambers would take one of the babies, and Holly would take the other.  Melissa Chambers wanted a daughter, so she and Paul took you to raise."

     

    "This isn't true.  This CAN'T be true!"

     

    "Samantha, it IS true.  You and I have been lied to our whole lives."

     

    Samantha looks at him, tears in her eyes.  She walks to the door to leave.

     

    "Samantha, where are you going?"

     

    "To talk to the one person I trust to tell me the truth,"  she says, then leaves.  

    Southfork....afternoon....

     "Courtney, I don't like this at all,"  Joseph Gioberti says as he and Courtney are walking in the backyard at Southfork.  "Until your brother is caught, I really think Jacob should come stay with me at the hotel.  They have a lot of security there.  And, if Lucas and Heather agree, Michael is welcome to come, too."

     

    "Joseph, I really don't think Jacob is in any danger from Shawn,"  Courtney says.  

     

    "I don't wanna take that chance.  Courtney, from what I've heard about this brother of yours, he's really dangerous, maybe even crazy.  He's already killed one person.  There's no telling what he might do."

     

    Courtney sighs.  "It's so hard for me to believe.  My own brother.  My God, how did this even happen?"

     

    "Shhh, everything's gonna be okay,"  Joseph says, embracing Courtney as she begins to cry. 

     

    The embrace turns out to be terrible timing.  Christopher, Lucas, and Gavin are returning from the stables when 

    Christopher sees Courtney in Joseph's arms.  He angrily watches them for a few seconds, then turns and walks away as Lucas and Gavin look on, worried looks on their faces.

    The Chambers home....

     Samantha walks onto the front porch of her family's home in Dallas'a exclusive Highland Park neighborhood.  She pauses for a few seconds, then walks into the house.  The family's maid comes into the foyer.  "Miss Chambers, hello,"  the maid says.

     

    "Barbara, is my mother at home?"  Samantha asks.

     

    "Yes, I believe she's out in the garden."

    "Thank you,"  Samantha says.  "I'll just wait until she comes in."

     

    Barbara smiles.  "Yes, ma'am," she says, and heads up the stairs.  

     

    Samantha goes into the living room.  Walking over to a large book shelf in one corner of the room, she picks up a framed photo of herself and her older brother Ben when they were teenagers.  A tear falls down her cheek as she looks at the photo.  

    Samantha's mother, Melissa Chambers, walks into the room.  Samantha's back is to her, so she doesn't see her mother when she comes in.  Melissa watches her daughter for a moment with a smile.  

     

    Samantha puts the photo down and when she turns around, she's startled to see her mother.  

     

    "That's my favorite photo of you and your brother."  says Melissa.  "That was taken on Ben's 18th birthday.  You were just barely 14."

     

    "I remember,"  Samantha says.  

     

    "It's hard for me to believe that was 20 years ago.  Well, 20 years ago this coming October."  The smile fades from Melissa's face when she sees that her daughter seems unhappy. "Samantha, what is it?  Darling, you've been crying."

     

    "A little,"  Samantha says, wiping a tear from her face.  

     

    "Honey, what is it?  You're upset about something."

     

    "Mom, I need to ask you something, and I need for you to tell the truth."

     

    "Yes, of course."

     

    "Are you really my mother?"  Samantha asks.  

     

    "What?  Samantha, what do you mean?"

     

    "Just answer my question, Mom.  Are you my real mother?  Or is Holly Harwood?"

     

    Melissa looks at her for a moment.  "Where did you hear that?"

     

    "Just answer the question.  Are you my real mother, or is Holly Harwood?"

    "I have dreaded this day for so long.  The day when you finally discovered the truth."

     

    "The truth?"  Samantha asks.  "Then this IS true?  Holly Harwood is my mother?"

     

    Melissa looks at her through tears.  "After Ben was born, the doctors told me that I could never bear anymore children.  I was heartbroken, and so was your father.  We both wanted more children so badly.  Your father worked at Harwood Oil for Holly's father, and I guess he and Holly became good friends then.  He continued working for her even after her father died.  And later, when Paul started his own company, he asked Holly for help.  They had an......an affair."  Melissa pauses as she starts to cry.  "Samantha, I can't tell you how much it hurt me when I found out that your father had been sleeping with Holly Harwood, and that she was carrying his child."

     

    "So when you found out that Holly was pregnant with twins,  you, Holly, and Daddy came to this agreement that you and Daddy would take one of the babies, and Holly would keep the other?"

     

    Melissa nods.  "Yes.  To create this story that I had given birth to a baby girl, Holly and I went away together, to France and we stayed in a place owned by some friends of Holly's.  We had a private doctor who was paid very well to keep the secret.  We told our friends here in Dallas that I went away for my health.  Samantha, have you ever watched that old Bette Davis movie, The Great Lie?  These two women had been in love with the same man, and one of them was pregnant with his child.  They went away together until the baby was born, and afterward, the other woman took the child to raise as her own.  Same scenario here, only this time there were two babies.  I stayed with Holly every minute until you and your brother were born."

     

    "Was Daddy there when Brandon and I were born?"  Samantha asks in tears.

     

    "Yes.  Paul flew over when it was time for the birth."

     

    "I can't believe this,"  Samantha says.  "All these years and you kept this from me."

     

    "Samantha, I didn't want you to be hurt.  Darling, as far as I'm concerned, you ARE my daughter.  I may not have given birth to you, but I am your mother in every way that counts.  I've loved you since the moment you were born."

     

    "Does Ben know?"

     

    "No. No one does.  Samantha......did Holly tell you this?"

     

    "No,"  Samantha replies.  "Brandon told me.  Holly told him.  Mom, or do I even call you that anymore?"

     

    "Samantha, darling, of COURSE you call me Mom,"  says Melissa.  

     

    "Do you know why Holly told Brandon the truth?  It's because Brandon and I had started to grow close.  In fact, we had started seeing each other."

     

    "What?"  Asks a stunned Melissa.

     

    "That's right, Mom.  Because you kept this secret from me my whole life, I almost fell in love with my own twin brother,"  Samantha angrily says.  "God, Mom, what if Brandon and I had slept together?"

     

    "Then you......."

     

    "No, we didn't."

     

    "Thank God for that,"  Melissa says, breathing a sigh of relief.  

     

    "But we COULD have.  In fact, if Holly hadn't told Brandon the truth, eventually we WOULD have!  And that would have been all yours and Holly's fault, Mom!"

     

    "Samantha, I'm so sorry.  Sweetheart......"

     

    "Mom, just leave me alone.  I don't even know who I am anymore.  I thought that, after all this time, I had finally found someone, and what happens?  He turns out to be my twin brother, and I blame you for that.  I don't think I'll ever be able to forgive you that."

     

    "Baby, please don't say that,"  says a crying Melissa.  "Samantha......"  Melissa reaches out to her.

     

    "No,"  Samantha says, pulling away.  "Just leave me alone.  Leave me ALONE!"  Samantha turns and rushes out of the home.

     

    "SAMANTHA!"  Melissa yells after her.  When Samantha runs from the house, a devastated Melissa breaks down in tears.  

    Southfork....

     An angry Christopher is working off his frustrations at Southfork that afternoon when Lucia Trevino is taking a walk on the ranch and spots him.  Lucia stops and stares at Christopher's shirtless torso for a moment, her physical attraction for him at an all time high.  After almost a full minute of watching him, Lucia walks out to him in the small fenced in pasture where he is working.  

     

    "Christopher,"  she says, approaching him.

     

    Christopher looks up at her from his work.  "Hi.  What are you doin' out here?"

     

    "I was out walking and I saw you,"  Lucia replies.  "You seem to be upset.  Is it about Courtney's criminal brother who is on the loose?  Or is it about Courtney's son's father spending so much time at Southfork, and with your wife?"

    Christopher looks at her.  "Maybe a little of both.  Seems like every negative emotion I have these days has something to do with my wife.  And what does that say about our marriage?"

     

    "Perhaps what it is saying is that your marriage is over.  Christopher, I better than anyone knows what it is like being in an unhappy marriage.  For a long time before his death, Nicolas cheated on me, and neglected me.  I became like a trophy wife for him.  Someone beautiful to hang on his arm when he needed to attend a social function, or make a good appearance in public.  Aside from that, it was as if I didn't exist to him.  Courtney has been spending an inordinate amount of time with her son's father recently, hasn't she?"

     

    Christopher sighs.  "Yes.  And she thinks I've been spending an inordinate amount of time with you.  Lucia, I don't know what's going on around here anymore.  It's like Courtney and I, we just don't seem to have anything to say one another anymore.  At least nothing pleasant.  We've tried to talk about it.  But something has changed in our relationship.  Oh, hell, maybe it's that same old argument that's been between us for a long time."

     

    "And what argument is that?"  Lucia asks.

     

    "Jacob.  I love that kid like he's my own, and it just kills me inside that I'm not his father.  I wanted to adopt Jacob, but, Gioberti refuses to give up his parental rights to him.  And the worst part is, I think Courtney agrees with him about that.  And now, Gioberti is here.  He's planning to stay in Dallas all summer to be near Jacob and spend time with him.  And, probably to spend time with Courtney.  So where the hell does that leave me?"

     

    "Do you love Courtney enough to fight this other man for her?"

     

    "I do love her.  But I just feel like I'm fighting a losing battle.  Every time we fight about Joseph Gioberti. Courtney throws up the time I've been spending with you and the boys in my face."

     

    "Do you regret the time you've been spending with my boys and I?"  Lucia asks.

     

    "No,"  Christopher quickly replies.  "No, of course I don't regret the time I've spent with you and the boys these last few months.  Nor do I regret helping you."

     

    Lucia smiles.  "I am glad to hear that.  Christopher, there is something that I have wanted to tell you for a while.  And now seems a good time.  And I'll understand if you want to tell me to pack my belongings and leave Southfork."

     

    "Lucia, what is it?  What have you wanted to tell me?"

     

    "That I am in love with you.  I have been since I first came to Southfork.  And I have enjoyed every moment that we've spent together.  I'm sorry.  But I simply had to tell you.  Miguel was about to leave to pick the boys up at school.  When he returns, we will pack and leave."  Lucia turns and starts to walk away from him.

     

    "Lucia,"  Christopher says.  

     

    She pauses and turns back to face him.

     

    Christopher walks over to her.  "I don't want you to leave.  That's the last thing I want."

     

    "Then, what do you want?"

     

    Christopher looks into her eyes for a few seconds, then places his hands on each side of her face, and kisses her. 

     

     

    As fate would have it, just as Christopher had witnessed her embracing Joseph earlier, Courtney is about to walk out to the pasture to talk to Christopher, when she sees him kissing Lucia Trevino.  Courtney watches them for a few seconds.  Devastated over what she sees as her husband's betrayal, Courtney turns and runs back in the direction of the house.  

     

    Meanwhile, Miguel Trevino is driving past the house and down the long tree-lined driveway toward Braddock Road.  

    Miguel turns left onto Braddock Road on his way to pick up Michael, Jacob, and Miguel's younger brother, Antonio, from school.  As Miguel's truck pulls out of the Southfork driveway and heads toward Braddock, a car that had been parked on the side of the road just down from the ranch's front gate slowly pulls out and begins to follow Miguel.  Ashley's car turns into the front gate at Southfork right after Miguel leaves.  A few seconds later, she comes to a stop at the house,  Ashley gets out of the car and makes her way to the house as Alex and Bridget are coming onto the patio.  

     

    "Alex, Bridget,"  Ashley says.

     

    "Hey, Ash."

     

    "I just heard about Tyler.  I don't know what to say.  I can't even believe it."

     

    "Yeah, neither can we,"  says Bridget.

     

    Ashley walks up to Alex and embraces him.  "God, Alex, what happened to Shawn?  And poor Tyler.  What must have gone through his mind when Shawn attacked him, someone who used to be his friend?"

     

    "I don't know,"  Alex says.  "I keep thinking about how we all use to hang out together back in high school.  Tyler and Shawn.  Back then none of us had any idea that one of them would end up murdering the other."

     

    "I wonder how Tyler's parents are doing,"  Ashley says.

     

    "No idea.  I thought about maybe going over there later."

     

    "Maybe we should just wait until tomorrow,"  Bridget suggests.  "Their son was just murdered.  I doubt Tyler's folks are gonna feel up to visitors today."

     

    Alex sighs  "Yeah, you're probably right."

     

    "Well, when you do go, let me know,"  Ashley says.  "I'd like to go, too."  Ashley's cell phone rings.  She takes the phone from her purse, looks at it, and sees that it's Conner calling.  "Umm, excuse me, guys, I have to take this."

     

    "Sure,"  Alex says.  

     

    Ashley walks over to the pool to take her call.  "Hey,"  she says.

     

    "Hey,"  Conner says on the other end of the line.  "I got your voicemail.  I'm really sorry about your friend.  Are you okay?"

     

    "Yeah, I'm okay.  Ummm, I'm at Southfork right now with Alex and Bridget, so I can't really talk.  But can I see you later tonight?  We can meet at Justin's ranch house."

    The Krebbs Ranch....

    "Yeah, sure, we can,"  says Conner.  "I'm surprised you're not seeing Dylan tonight."

     

    "He wanted to, but I told him I was coming over here to see Alex, and then I needed some time to myself.  Conner, I really just need to see you tonight.  To talk."

     

    "Okay, why don't we meet around 8:30, at Justin's house?"

    Southfork....

    "Alright, I'll see you then,"  Ashley says, and ends the call.  She looks over at Ashley and Bridget on the patio and sighs. 

    Braddock Middle School....

     Michael and Jacob come out of Braddock Middle School with two other boys they are talking to.  Sitting in his truck in a line of cars behind some buses in front of the school, Miguel spots the boys and beeps his horn.  

     

    "Okay, see you guys later,"  one of the other boys says.  

     

    "Hey, Jimmy, Kyle, let's hang out this summer,"  Michael says to the other two boys as they walk away.  "You guys can come over to Southfork."

     

    "We'll do it," the other boy says.  

     

    "Later,"  Jacob says.  

     

    "Hey, there's Miguel,"  Michael says, looking in the direction of Miguel's red truck in the parking lot.

     

    Jacob sighs when he sees him.  "Great," he says sarcastically.

     

    "Hey, Miguel's a pretty cool guy.  How come you don't like him?"  Michael asks.

     

    "His Mom is causing all this trouble between my Mom and Christopher's.  Christopher's changed a lot since they came here.  I wish the whole Trevino family would just go back to Mexico or someplace."

     

    "Dude, Miguel and Antonio can't help what their Mom does,"  Michael says.  "Come on.  I'm ready to get home and not have to see this place for the next couple months."

     

    The boys walk over to Miguel's truck, waving to other students as they go, and get into the truck.  "Hey, what's up, guys?"  Miguel asks with a smile as Michael gets into the front seat of the truck with him, and Jacob gets in the back seat.  "Happy to be out of school for the summer?"

     

    "I can't speak for him, but I sure am,"  Michael replies.  "Hey, Miguel, how about letting me drive when we get out of town?"

    "No way,"  Miguel says.  

     

    "You let me drive the other day, and you said I did good."

     

    "That was in the pasture at Southfork, not on the road."

     

    "You mean you actually let him drive this beautiful truck Christopher bought for you?"  Jacob asks.

     

    "Jacob, Christopher did not buy this truck for me,"  Miguel says.  "He loaned me the money for the down payment, and I pay him back every week out of my paycheck, AND I make my truck payments every month."

     

    "Yeah, sure," Jacob says, disbelieving.  

     

    "Jacob, what is your problem with me?"  Miguel asks.  "What have I ever done to you?  I don't understand why you are always so hostile to me?"

     

    "You really wanna know?"  Jacob angrily asks.

     

    Miguel is about to reply when his younger brother, Antonio, gets into the truck, having come out of another exit of of the school after Jacob and Michael.  When he gets into the truck, Antonio can immediately sense the tension between his brother and the other two boys.  "Hey, what is going on?"  Antonio asks.  "Why does everyone seem so upset?"

     

    "Can we just get home?"  Michael asks.  "Summer vacation has started, and I don't wanna spend another minute of it sitting in the school parking lot."

     

    Miguel starts his truck, and drives away.  As Miguel and the other boys leave the school, they are unaware that they were being watched.  Sitting across the street from the school, wearing a hat and a scarf over his face, and taking a huge chance at being anywhere near a school since there was a police officer on campus, and another directing traffic leaving the school.........is Shawn, who had been watching Southfork most of the day and had followed Miguel to the school.  Since he had stolen the car from the older couple at the farm that morning, Shawn had since ditched their car and stolen another one, fearing that by now, someone had found and released the family from the ropes he had bound them with, and that the police would be looking for their car.  As Miguel's truck drives away from the school, Shawn begins to follow the truck.  He has hatched a plan to get to Alex, and Michael and Jacob are a key part of that plan.

     A few minutes later, Miguel's truck makes its way across the Trinity River Bridge leading out of Braddock, Miguel and the other boys unaware that they were being followed by a dangerous killer.  

     

    "Jacob, when we get home, you wanna go riding?"  Michael asks.

     

    "Sure, I guess."

     

    "I don't think that your parents are going to allow you to ride today,"  Miguel says.  

     

    "Because of Shawn?"  Michael asks.

     

    "Yes.  Until Shawn is captured, everyone is to stay close."

     

    "How long do you think it will be before he is caught?"  Antonio asks.

     

    "I don't know,"  replies Miguel.  "Soon, I hope."

     

    "The news said that he killed someone,"  Antonio says.  "Jacob, it must be very strange knowing that he is your uncle."

     

    Jacob looks at Antonio and rolls his eyes. 

     

    As the truck turns off the main road onto a rural road headed toward Southfork, Shawn continues to follow, and decides that this is the best time to make his move.  He speeds up in the 2002 Nissan Maxima he is driving, and takes Miguel and the other boys by surprise when he rams the back of Miguel's truck.  

     

    "What the hell?"  Miguel says when the car rams his truck from behind.

     

    "Hey, what was that?"  Michael asks.  

     

    Just then, Shawn rams the truck again.  "Who IS that?"  Jacob asks.

     

    Shawn again speeds up, this time driving up along the driver's side of Miguel's truck.  Miguel looks over at the car.  "Oh my God," he says, seeing that the person attacking them is none other than Shawn Smith!

     

    "Miguel, get us out of here!"  A frightened Antonio says.  

     

    Miguel presses his foot on the accelerator in an attempt to outrun the car and get to the safety of Braddock Road, at which time he hopes they can make it back to Southfork.  However, Shawn again drives up alongside Miguel's truck, this time ramming the truck from the side!  

     

    "Oh my God, he's trying to kill us!"  Michael yells.

     

    Shawn again rams the side of the truck.  Then, he swerves into the truck, ramming it in front to force the truck off the road.  Miguel loses control of the truck, sweves off the road, and Shawn again rams the truck, literally forcing it off the road and down a dirt trail and into the woods.  Miguel's truck comes to an abrupt stop when it hits a ditch and almost overturns, the four young male occupants inside all yelling in terror.  Shawn brings the car he is driving to a stop beside the truck and immediately gets out of the car, drawing the gun he had taken from the farmhouse 

     

    "Get out of the truck, SLOWLY,"  Shawn orders, holding the weapon directly at the truck.  

     

    Inside the truck, Miguel and the boys are all shaken from the crash.  "Is everyone alright?"  He asks.

     

    "I think so,"  Antonio replies.  

     

    "Michael?  Jacob?"

     

    "I'm okay," Michael says.  

     

    "Me, too,"  says Jacob.  

     

    "GET OUT OF THE TRUCK!"  Shawn again orders.  

     

    "Come on,"  Miguel says.  "We had better do as he says."

     

    "Miguel. I'm scared,"  says Michael.  

     

    "I know.  Come."  Miguel opens his driver's door of the truck and steps out, followed by the other boys.  

     

    "Well, look who it is,"  Shawn says.  "My old pal, Ricky Hernandez, also known as Miguel Trevino.  Long time, no see.  Still working at Southfork, huh?  Even after the Ewings found out you were working for me?  Or were you working for me, or THEM?"

     

    "Look, whatever you problem is, it is with me.  Let my brother and the other two boys go.."

     

    "Just shut up,"  says Shawn.  "So this is your brother, huh, Miguel?  Nice.  Okay, everyone, toss your cell phones on the ground, and don't try anything funny.  Come on, on the ground."

     

    "Do as he says,"  Miguel tells the boys.  Miguel, Antonio, Michael, and Jacob each take their cell phones from their pockets and place them on the ground in front of Shawn.

     

    "Good job,"  Shawn says.  "Well, nice to see you again, Miguel.  You were double crossing me all along, weren't you?  Double crossing me for the Ewings.  Well, I warned you about that.  I'll just have to add you to my list of people to pay back."

     

    "You are not going to get away with this,"  Miguel says.  "This is kidnapping."

    Shawn looks at him.  "Kidnapping?  I'm already wanted for rape and murder.  A little kidnapping charge isn't gonna hurt me any worse than I already am."

     

    "What are you gonna do with us, Shawn?"  Jacob asks.  

     

    "That's all gonna depend."

     

    "Depend on what?"  

     

    "On your cousin Alex,"  Shawn replies.   He reaches down and picks up one of the cell phones on the ground.  "Michael, is this your phone?"  He asks.

     

    "Yeah, it's mine,"  Michael replies.

     

    Shawn hands the phone back to the boy.  "Unlock it for me."

     

    "Why?"  Michael asks.

     

    "Just do it!"

     

    Michael inputs his passcode, unlocking his Iphone. 

     

    Shawn takes it from his hand.   He opens Michael's texting app and types a text message.  He smiles as he hits the 'send' button.

    Meanwhile....the cabin at Southfork....

     Alex and Bridget are laying on a mattress on the floor of the little cabin at Southfork after making love.  "I love this place,"  Bridget says.  "I think of this little cabin as our own private, special place."

     

    "So do I,"  says Alex.  "I love this cabin, and I love you."

     

    "And I love you, Alex Ewing.  Y'know, we still haven't announced to our families that you asked me to marry you and that I accepted."

     

    "I know.  Everything started happening and going crazy and everything.  I promise, as soon as Shawn is caught and in jail where he belongs, and Tyler's funeral is over, we'll get both our families together and make  a big announcement."

     

    Bridget looks up at him and smiles.  "I'm gonna hold you to that promise,"  she says.  "Bridget Ewing.  I love the way that sounds."

     

    "So do I,"  Alex says.  His cell phone buzzes on the floor beside him.  He reaches down, picks up the phone and 

    sees that it's Michael texting.  The text seems urgent, and arouses Alex's curiosity and his concern.  

     

    "Who is it?"  Bridget asks.

     

    "Ummm, sweetheart, I need to make a phone call.  It's Ewing Oil business.  I'm gonna step outside.  I'll be back in a minute."

     

    "No, don't bother,"  Bridget says.  "I've got to pee, and since this little cabin doesn't have a bathroom, I've gotta go outside and find some bushes."

     

    "Be careful out there.  The rattlers are out now."

     

    "I will."  Bridget gets up, slips on her panties and her shirt and pants.  "Take your time.  Just let me know when you're off the phone."

     

    "Okay,"  Alex says as she leaves.  After Bridget is gone, Alex dials Michael's number.  On the second ring, Michael answers.

     

    "Alex,"  Michael says on the other end of the line.  

     "Michael, what's up?"  Alex asks.  "Is somethin' wrong?"  Alex's question is met by a few seconds of silence. "Michael?"

     

    "Wrong, Alex, ol' buddy,"  comes Shawn's voice over Michael's phone, sending shivers down Alex's spine.  

     

    "Shawn?  Shawn, what the hell are you doing with Michael's phone?"

    Meanwhile....

    "Just shut up and listen to me,"  Shawn says.  "Not only do I have Michael's phone, but I also have Michael, and Jacob, and that pathetic excuse of a babysitter who picked them up from school, Miguel Trevino, and his little brother.  If you wanna see your cousins and these other two alive again, meet me.  Right now.  Meet me down the old trail over on Mill Road.  Come alone.  And Alex.......you tell ANYONE about this....anyone at all, or if you try anything stupid, you'll be finding four dead bodies when you get here instead of four very scared boys.  Jacob's my nephew, and I'd hate to hurt him, but at this point, I've nothing left to lose, so you get your ass here as fast as you can."

    The cabin at Southfork....

    Alex quickly jumps to his feet and puts on his jeans.  "Listen to me, you son of a bitch,"  he says.  "If you hurt any of them, I swear, I'll kill you."

     

    "You're not in any position to make any threats, Ewing.  Just get here in the next twenty minutes.  And remember, you try anything stupid.......these boys are dead."

     

    "Let me speak to Michael and Jacob.  I wanna make sure they're okay.  And that you're not lying to me."

    Meanwhile....

    Shawn hands Michael his phone.  "Alex,"  Michael says, his voice trembling with fear.

     

    "Michael, are you guys okay?"  

     

    "Yeah, we're fine.  Just really scared.  Alex, please help us."

     

    "Michael, don't worry, I'm on my way."

     

    Shawn takes Michael's phone from him again.  "There, now you hear that they're okay.  It's up to you whether or not they stay that way."  Shawn ends the call, and tosses Michael's phone onto the ground again. 

    The cabin at Southfork....

    Alex slips his phone into his pocket, puts on his shirt and shoes and hurries out of the cabin just as Bridget is returning. 

     

    "Who was on the phone?"  Bridget asks.

     

    "We have to go!"  Alex says, running for his car.  "Come ON!"

     

    "Alex, what is it?"

     

    "I have to.......I have to go to the office.  A business problem has come up I have to take care of."

     

    "Can't John Ross or your Clay,or your grandmother handle it?"  

     

    "No, they can't, now get it!"  

     

    "My things are inside....."

     

    "We'll get them later, LET'S GO!"

     

    Bridget gets into Alex's car, and they quickly speed off toward the house.

    Meanwhile....

     

    "Why'd you want Alex to come here alone?"  Jacob asks Shawn.  "What are you gonna do to him?"

     

    "Alex and I have some unfinished business to take care of."

     

    "How are YOU my Mom and Gavin's brother?"  Jacob asks.  "You're nothing like them."

     

    "Thank God for that,"  Shawn says.

     

    "You're a killer.  You're a monster!"

     

    "Jacob, best thing you can do right now is to shut that mouth of yours,"  Shawn says.  "Because trust me, kid, you don't wanna make me any angrier than I already am."  Shawn looks at Miguel, then he walks over to him, and without warning, viciously strikes Miguel in the stomach, bringing the young man his knees.  As Miguel is trying to catch his breath, Shawn strikes him in the face, knocking him to the ground while Michael, Jacob, and Antonio yell.

     

    Antonio runs to his brother and kneels down beside him.  "Why did you do that?"

     

    "He had it coming,"  Shawn says.  "Jacob, there's some rope in the backseat of my car.  Get it."

     

    "Why?"  The boy asks.

     

    "Because you're gonna tie Miguel up.  Get the rope."

     

    Jacob looks at Shawn, then at Michael.  He goes to the car and gets the rope as he was told.

    The Omni Hotel....

     Joseph Gioberti comes out of the bathroom in his suite at The Omni Hotel after taking a shower, only a towel wrapped around his waist.  As he grabs another towel and begins to dry his hair, a knock comes at the door.  Tossing the towel onto the floor, Joseph makes his way through the suite and opens the door.  He's surprised to find Courtney standing before him in tears.  "Courtney,"  he says.  "Are you alright?"

     

    "Joseph, I......I could really use a friend right now.  But even more than that, I need someone to hold me."

     

    Joseph takes her by the hand and pulls her into the suite, closing the door.  Courtney looks at him, a look of pain and longing on her face.  Clearly, Courtney was a woman in need of affection, companionship, intimacy.  Joseph looks into her eyes, and gently touches her face.  Without saying a word, Joseph kisses her, then pulls out of the kiss after a few seconds.  Courtney looks up at him.  She places her hand behind Joseph's head and pulls him into another passionate kiss as she unties the towel around his waist with her other hand.  Joseph's towel falls to the floor, he and Courtney still locked in the kiss...

    Southfork....

     Alex's Ford Escape speeds up to Southfork and comes to a screeching halt in the parking area in rear of the mansion.  Alex and Bridget get out of the car and hurry to the house.  

     

    "Alex, will you PLEASE tell me what's going on?"  Bridget asks.  "What's this all about?"

     

    Alex stops and turns to her.  "Bridget, look, I'm gonna need you to just go home and wait for me to call you."

     

    "What?  Alex....."

     

    "Bridget, just do as I say.  Go home, and I'll.........I'll call you,"  Alex says.  "I have to take care of this problem at Ewing Oil, and I don't know how long I'll be."  Alex rushes into the house as a stunned Bridget looks on, wondering what had gotten into Alex after that phone call at the cabin.  

     

    Meanwhile, Alex runs up the stairs and into John Ross and Krystina's bedroom.  "Dad?  Krystina?"  He calls out as he enters the bedroom.  He breathes a sigh of relief when no one answers, indicating no one is upstairs.  He rushes to the closet and opens it.   Feeling for a box on the top shelf, he takes it down.  Alex opens the box and takes out a hand gun that he knows John Ross always keeps there.  He also grabs a box of bullets.  Replacing the box on the shelf, Alex quickly runs out of the bedroom to head to his meeting with Shawn.  

    The Krebbs Ranch....

     As Conner walks into the Krebbs home via the back door.  Tired and sweaty from an afternoon working on the ranch, he goes into another room that serves as a food pantry.  As he opens a refrigerator stocked full of bottles of beer and takes one out for himself, his cell phone rings.  He takes the phone from his pocket and looks at it.  He is disappointed when he sees that Jasmine is calling him, since he had hoped it was Ashley.  Conner answers his call.  "Jasmine, hi,"  he says.

     

    "Hi, Conner,"  Jasmine says.  "Y'know, I haven't seen you in the last couple of days, and I was hoping maybe we could get together tonight.  How about we have dinner, and then go dancing at one of the bars in Braddock?  It's Friday night, after all."

     

    "Jasmine, I'm sorry, but I can't tonight,"  Conner says.  

     

    "Why not?"  

     

    "It's been a really long day, and I'm just gonna soak in a long, hot bath and go to bed early."

     

    "On a Friday night?"  

     

    "Yeah, like I said, it's been a rough day.  I just came in from work."

     

    "Conner, I really don't understand you.  If you don't wanna see me anymore, I wish you'd just tell me instead of all this 'I'm too tired to see you bull crap all the time."

     

    "Jasmine, I'm really sorry,"  Conner says.  "Look, I don't wanna argue right now.  Maybe it would be better if we didn't see each other for a while.  Jasmine, believe me, it's not you and it's not anything you did.  I just have some things I need to sort out for myself."

    Cass Winthrop's apartment....

    "I see,"  Jasmine says.  "Well, in that case, I hope you get it all sorted out.  Have a nice life, Mr. Ewing!"  She 

    ends the call and angrily tosses her phone onto a table.  "Well, Conner Ewing,"  she says.  "Why don't we just see if you'll be staying in tonight."  Jasmine gets up from her and grabs her car keys, then leaves the apartment.  

     

     

     

    Meanwhile....a rural wooded area in Braddock Co....

     

     Alex drives his Ford Escape down a narrow dirt path into a clearing in some woods in Braddock County, a few miles from Southfork, the place Shawn had told him to come.  He looks around, but sees no one.  Then a few seconds later, a car drives up behind Alex and comes to a stop.  Shawn gets out of the car, and orders Michael, Jacob, and Antonio to get out.  Seeing the boys in his rear view mirror, Alex quickly gets out of his vehicle.  

     

    "Michael, Jacob,"  he says.  "You guys okay?"

     

    "Yeah, we're fine,"  Michael says.

     

    "Well, glad you accepted my invitation to this little meeting,"  Shawn says, pointing the gun at Alex.

     

    "Okay, I'm here.  Now let them go,"  Alex says.

     

    "And have them miss all the fun?"

     

    "This is between me and you, not them,"  Alex says.  "Let the boys go."

     

    "Don't worry.  I will.  But first, we're gonna go for a little drive in the country."

     

    "Drive in the country?  What the hell are you talking about?"

     

    "Boys, get in Alex's car,"  Shawn orders.  

     

    "Wait, what about Miguel?  What about my brother?"  Antonio asks.

     

    "Where is Miguel?"  Alex asks.  

     

    Shawn smiles.  He takes the keys to the Nissan Maxima he had been driving and tosses them to Alex.  "Open the trunk."

     

    Alex, Michael, and Antonio hurry to the rear of the Maxima.  Alex unlocks the trunk and opens it to reveal Miguel, bound and gagged in the trunk, unconscious and bleeding from a gash on his forehead.  "Oh my God,"  Alex says.  He reaches in to untie Miguel, but Shawn stops him.

     

    "NO,"  Shawn says.  "He's stays that way."  Shawn reaches up and closes the trunk again.  

     

    "You're out of your mind,"  Alex says.  "He'll die in there!"

     

    "Oh, well."

     

    "You really are a complete psychopath!  You killed Tyler.  You MURDERED him, you bastard!"

     

    "I didn't mean to kill Tyler,"  Shawn says.  "Only to knock him out.  I didn't mean to hit him that hard!"

     

    "You're a liar.  You killed him, and he was your friend!"

     

    "Just shut up.  We're all gonna get in your car and take a long drive."

     

    "You can't just leave Miguel here in this trunk, he'll DIE!"

     

    "I guess that's the price he'll have to pay for double crossing me,"  Shawn says.  "My guess is, in this heat, he might last an hour at best.  And speaking of the heat, kinda hot for a hoodie, isn't it, Alex?  Which makes me wonder what you're hiding under there.  Take it off."

     

    Alex looks at him, his heart pounding with fear.  He looks at the other boys.

     

    Shawn points the gun at his head.  "I said take that hoodie off.  It must be 90 degrees out here.  I want you to be comfortable.  But do it slowly."

     

    Alex reluctantly takes off his hoodie, revealing the gun he had taken from John Ross's closet earlier, stuffed in his pants.  

     

    Shawn looks at the gun and smiles.  "Take the gun out, VERY slowly, and give it to Jacob."

     

    Alex again does as he is told and takes the gun out of his pants, slowly handing it to Jacob.  Shawn takes the gun from Jacob and places it in his pocket.  

     

    "I'm not even mad about that,"  Shawn says.  "It's exactly what I would've expected you to do, knowing you as well as I do."

     

    "Yeah, well, I don't know you at all,"  Alex says.

     

    "Please, you cannot leave my brother to die here,"  Antonio begs.  

     

    "Shawn, at least open the trunk,"  Jacob says.

     

    "Shut up and get in Alex's car,"  Shawn says.  

     

    Reluctantly, the boys follow Shawn's orders and get into the back seat of Alex's Escape, Michael and Antonio crying.  Jacob wants to cry, but he fights back his tears, his anger toward Shawn suppressing his fear.  Alex gets into the driver's seat, and Shawn gets in the passenger seat beside him, holding the gun on him.  

     

    "Drive,"  Shawn tells him.

    "Drive where?"  Alex asks.

     

    "Til I tell you to stop."

     

    "I'm not driving anywhere until you promise that you're not gonna hurt them."

     

    Shawn points the gun directly at Alex's temple, causing the boys in the backseat to scream in terror.  "Like I said before, you're in NO position to bargain with me.  And I really don't want these boys, especially my impressionable young nephew to witness your brains splattered against that window.  I already killed Tyler, who I liked and thought of as a friend.  You really think I'll have any problem killing you, one of the people who has destroyed my life?"

     

    Alex looks at him, and for the first time since this ordeal began, he realizes that the boy he had once known, the boy Shawn use to be, the boy he considered his best friend, was long gone and had been replaced by a ruthless, psychotic capable of anything.  For the first time, Alex realizes that his former best friend would just as soon murder him in cold blood than look at him.  His hands trembling with fear, Alex starts the vehicle, and they drive off.

    Southfork....

     Back at Southfork, Heather is standing on the patio anxiously watching the driveway, checking her watch every few seconds, wondering why Miguel hasn't returned with the boys from school yet.  Bobby and Ann come onto the patio.  "Still no sign of 'em?"  Bobby asks.

     

    "No, and I'm beyond worried.  It's almost 4:30, they should've been home over 45 minutes ago,"  Heather says.

     

    "Did you call Lucas?"  Ann asks.

     

    "Yeah, he's on his way."

     

    "I think I'd better drive around, and see if I can spot Miguel and the boys between here and Braddock,"  says Bobby.

     

    "I'm comin' with you,"  Heather says.

     

    Christopher and Lucas walk up to the house at the same time.  "Heather, still no word yet?"  Lucas asks.

     

    "No.  Bobby and I were just about to go see if we can find them."

     

    "What's goin' on?"  Christopher asks.

     

    "Miguel's still not back from pickin' the boys up from school,"  Bobby replies.

     

    "And I'm really gettin' worried.  I've tried Michael's cell phone, and Jacob's I don't know how many times.  Suppose they could've had an accident?"  Heather asks.

     

    "I dunno,"  Lucas says.  "Heather, you stay here in case they come back.  I'll ride with Dad."  Lucas and Bobby hurry to Bobby's car and get in, and then speed off in search of Miguel and the boys just as John Ross drives up

     

     and comes to a stop.  John Ross gets out and walks over to Ann, Heather, and Christopher on the patio.

     

    "I don't like the sound of this,"  says Christopher.  "Especially not with Shawn Smith on the loose.  Where's Courtney?"

     

     

    "I haven't seen Courtney in a while,"  Ann says as John Ross walks up.

     

    "Hey, what's goin' on?"  John Ross asks.   "Where the hell's Uncle Bobby goin' in such a hurry?"

     

    "They went lookin' for Miguel and the boys,"  replies Ann.  "Miguel was to pick the boys up from school, and they're still not back yet.  Heather can't reach either Jacob or Michael on their cell phones."

     

    "You said Miguel Trevino was supposed to pick the kids up?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "That's right,"  says Heather.

     

    "Doesn't this strike y'all as strange?"

     

    "John Ross, what are you talking about?"  Christopher asks.

     

    "Trevino was workin' with Shawn Smith against this family.  Strange that Smith has escaped, and now Miguel has disappeared with Michael and Jacob."

     

    "John Ross, you can just stop right there,"  Christopher says.  "I need to try and reach Courtney."  Christopher takes his cell phone from his pocket and dials his wife's number.  He waits impatiently for an answer.

    The Omni Hotel....

    Joseph walks into the bedroom of his hotel suite carrying a cup of coffee.  "Got you a cup of hot cocoa,"  he says, then walks over to the bed.  He hands the cup to Courtney, who is laying in his bed.


    "Hmmmm, thank you,"  Courtney says.  "I can't believe you actually remembered."

     

    "That I brought you a cup of hot cocoa after the first time we made love, the night Jacob was conceived, because you told me how much you loved hot cocoa?"  

     

    "That night,"  Courtney says, nostalgia in her voice.  "That seems like a lifetime ago."

     

    "It WAS  lifetime ago,"  says Joseph.  "So much has happened since then.  That night, I didn't even know who you were, much less that you were my kid brother's girlfriend.  I had no idea that I'd ever see you again, and I certainly had no idea we had conceived a child that night.  And here we are, almost 14 years later."

     

    A sad look comes over Courtney's face.  "Why is it that, both times that you and I have made love have involved me cheating on someone else?  First Chase, and now Christopher.  My God, Joseph, what have I done?  If there was ever any hope of saving my marriage, I just destroyed that."

    "Did you really think there was any hope for your marriage, anyway?"  Joseph asks.  "I think if you really believed that, you wouldn't have come here."

     

    "It's so strange,"  Courtney says.  "A year ago, if anyone would've told me that mine and Christopher's marriage would come to this, I'd have said they were crazy.  At one time, we were so happy.And now....we can't even exchange five words without arguing."

     

    "What do you think changed things?"  Joseph asks.

     

    "Not what, but WHO.  Lucia Trevino.  When she came along, everything changed."

     

    "Is that really when things changed between you and Christopher?  Or was it before that?  Courtney,  I don't think you've really been happy in that marriage for a long time.  Can you honestly say that, if this Trevino woman hadn't come along, you and Christopher wouldn't have ended up having serious problems anyway?"

     

    "Joseph, I don't know,"  Courtney says.  "I'm so confused.  And having sex with you sure didn't make things any clearer."

     

    "But it was something you wanted, and needed.  And so did I."

     

    "It's been months since Christopher and I made love.  And even though he's denied it, I'm almost sure that he's been finding his intimacy with Lucia.  But coming here, and letting this happen.......it was wrong."

     

    Joseph takes her hand.  "Courtney, don't say that.  There was NOTHING wrong about what happened between us.  And I'm gonna be honest with you.  I'm glad it happened.  I WANTED it to happen.  I've wanted to make love to you for a long time, but I didn't wanna make a move on you because of your marriage.  I was hoping that you'd make a move, and today, you did.   Courtney, when I made the decision to stay in Dallas this summer, yes, it was because I wanna be close to Jacob, but I also wanna be close to you.  I'm in love with you, Courtney, and now I feel like I can tell you that."

     

    Courtney begins to cry.  "Joseph.......I.........I've fallen in love with you, too.  And the thing is, I don't know what to do about it."

     "Well, I think I can help you with that,"  Joseph says.  He leans over and the two kiss very passionately.  The kiss lasts for about 20 seconds, then Courtney pulls back and looks at him.  

     

    "What time is it?"  Courtney asks.

     

    Joseph reaches over to the bedside table and picks up his cell phone and looks at it.  "It's 4:35."

     

    "4:35?  SERIOUSLY.  I have to get back to Southfork."

     

    "Do you really have to?"  Joseph asks.

     

    "Yeah, I do.  Jacob will be home now, he's probably wondering where I am.  In fact, he's probably texted or called.  Could you hand me my phone, please?"

     

    "Sure."  Joseph reaches over to the table, picks up Courtney's phone, and hands it to her.  

     

    Courtney looks at the phone, and sees that she has several missed calls, a voicemail, and a text message from Christopher.  "Something must be wrong,"  she says.

     

    "Why?"

     

    "Christopher texted me to call him ASAP."  Courtney immediately speed dials Christopher's number and waits for an answer.  After the second ring, he picks up  "Christopher, I just got your text.  Is something wrong?"  She listens as Christopher speaks on the other end of the line.  Then, a look of fear comes over her face.  "Oh my God.  Have you called the police?  I'm on my way home."  She ends the call and puts her phone down.

     

    "Courtney, what is it?"  Joseph asks.

     

    "Miguel Trevino, Lucia's son, was supposed to pick Jacob and Michael up from school today, and they're still not home.  They should've been home almost an hour ago.  Joseph, I'm scared.  What if Shawn did something to them?  I have to get to Southfork."

     

    "I'm coming with you,"  Joseph says.  The two quickly begin to get dressed.

    Meanwhile, a rural road....

    Alex is driving down a small rural path with woods on either side, having been ordered to turn off the main road by Shawn. 

     

    "Okay, pull over here,"  Shawn says after Alex had driven almost a mile down the small road.  

     

    Alex does as he is told and brings his car to a stop.  "What are we doing here?"

     

    "Okay, you three.......get out of the car,"  Shawn tells Michael, Jacob, and Antonio.  

     

    "What?"  Jacob asks.  "Why?"

     

    "Just do as I say, Michael."

     

    The three terrified boys exchange looks, then all three get out of the vehicle.  

     

    "Now,"  Shawn says to Alex.  "Drive on."

     

    "You've gotta be kidding.  You want me to drive away and leave them here in the middle of nowhere?"

     

    "That's the idea.  Now move."  Shawn points the gun at him again.  "Or I kill you, and then them."

     

    Alex looks out the window at the three young boys standing beside the car with bewildered looks.  Left with no choice, he drives away, leaving them.

     

    "ALEX!"  Michael calls after his cousin as Alex and Shawn drive away.  

     

    "Oh my God,"  Antonio cries.  "He left us here."

     

    "Jacob, do you have any idea where we are?"  Michael asks.

     

    "No, none.  It seems like we drove a long way from where we were,"  says Jacob. "We have to walk back to the main road.  Maybe someone will pick us up, or we'll find a house."

     

    "I didn't see any houses on that road,"  says Antonio.  "We have to find someone to help Miguel.  He will die if we do not."

     

    "Antonio's right,"  Jacob says.  "Miguel can't last long in that hot trunk.  Come on, let's try to find the main road."  The three boys begin running back in the direction they had come, in hopes of finding someone.

    Southfork....a short while later....

     Ann, Christopher, Heather, Krystina, and Lucia come out of the house at Southfork with Derrick, Braddock's sheriff, and one of his deputies.  "We've got a search out for Miguel Trevino's vehicle,"  Derrick tells them.  "Mrs. Trevino, is there anything else you can tell me about, maybe your son mentioned stopping somewhere between the boys' school in Braddock and the ranch?"

     

    "No,"  Lucia says.  "Miguel knew he was to come straight back to Southfork."

     

    "Sheriff, please, you have to find them,"  Heather says.

     

    "Don't worry, Mrs. Ewing, we will."

     

    "Bobby and Lucas are still out lookin',"  Ann says.  

     

    Courtney's car pulls up and comes to a stop, followed by Joseph's car.  The two get out of their vehicles and hurry to the house.  "Christopher, what's going on?"  Courtney asks.  "Have you heard anything?"

     

    "No, nothing,"  Christopher replies, annoyed to see Joseph with his wife.  

     

    "Is there anything we can do?"  Joseph asks.

     

    "Bobby and Lucas are out lookin' right now, and the sheriff here has his men searchin',"  says Heather.  

     

    Courtney looks at Lucia.  "Your son Miguel was supposed to pick the boys up from school and bring them home.  If anything happens to Jacob, I'm holding Miguel personally responsible."

     

    "My sons are missing, too, Courtney,"  Lucia says.  "And I pray to God that I'm wrong, but my fear is that your fugitive brother is behind the disappearance of the boys."

     

    "And if I remember right, Miguel was working for Shawn at one time,"  says Courtney.  "Who knows, maybe he still is."

     

    "How DARE you insinuate such a thing."

     

    "Courtney, there was no call for an accusation like that,"  Christopher says.  

     

    "Maybe Courtney's right,"  Joseph says.  

     

    "You stay out of this, Gioberti,"  Christopher angrily says.  "And what the hell are you even doing here, anyway?"

     

    "Jacob is my son.  I have every right to be here!"

     

    "Okay, now hold on, that's enough,"  Derrick says.  "You should all be pulling together right now, not fighting among yourselves.  Hopefully, there's a logical explanation for all of this."

     

    Bobby's car drives up to he house and comes to a stop.  Bobby and Lucas get out of the car and walk over to the others on the patio.

     

    "Any sign of them?"  Heather asks.

     

    "No, none,"  replies Lucas.  

     

    "We took both routes between here and Braddock Middle School, and not a sign of Miguel's truck or the boys anywhere,"  Bobby says.  

     

    "Where could they be?"  Heather cries.  "My God, didn't we keep the boys home from school this mornin'"

     

    "Because they didn't wanna miss their last day of school or miss seeing their friends before summer vacation,"  says Lucas.  

     

    "Look, I know it's hard, but try not to worry,"  Derrick says.  "Well find them."

     

    "Derrick, I'm really worried about the boys, with Shawn Smith on the loose,"  Bobby says.  "I'd consider it a personal favor if you'd give this top priority."

     

    "My department will give this top priority, Bobby,"  Derrick says.  "I'm gonna head back to my office now.  If you folks hear anything, let me know."

     

    "We will, Sheriff, and thank you,"  Heather says as Derrick walks back to his truck.

     

    Meanwhile, John Ross and Krystina walk onto the back porch.  "I sure hope they find Michael and Jacob soon," Krystina says.

     

    "Me, too.  Y'know, I can't help but feel like Miguel Trevino is behind this whole thing.  After all, he was workin' for Smith before."

     

    Krystina sighs.  "I sure hope that's not the case."

     

    John Ross is about to say something when his cell phone rings.  "I hope that's Alex.  I don't know where he could've gotten off to today when I told him to stay close to the house."  He takes his phone from his pocket and looks at it.  Seeing Bridget's number, he answers.  "Bridget, what's up?  Is my son with you?"

     

    "You mean Alex isn't home yet?"  Bridget asks.

     

    "Home from where?  Your house?"

     

    "No, from Ewing Oil.  Alex and I were together at the ranch, and he got a text from someone and said that he had to make a phone call.  I stepped out for him to have some privacy and then, he told me to go home because he had to go take care of some business emergency."

     

    "Business emergency?"  John Ross asks.  "Did he say what kind of an emergency?"

     

    "No.  But I've been trying to call him for the last hour, and his phone goes straight to voicemail.  I was hoping you had heard from him."

     

    "No, I haven't  Bridget, is that all he said?"

     

    "Yes.  But John Ross, he acted really strange."

     

    "Bridget, I'll call you back,"  John Ross says.  Looking out across the patio, he sees Derrick about to drive away.  John Ross immediately takes off running to catch up to Derrick before he leaves.  "HEY, DERRICK!!!"  He yells.  

     

    Hearing John Ross calling, Derrick stops in the driveway, and John Ross catches up to him.  "John Ross, what's up?"

     

    "Derrick, I think my son Alex may be in trouble."

     

    "What kind of trouble?"  Derrick asks.

     

    "He left here a while ago after gettin' a mysterious phone call, sayin' there was some business emergency he had to take care of. Now his girlfriend can't reach him on the phone."

     

    "So what makes you think he's in trouble and not just still dealing with whatever emergency he had going on?"

     

    "Because there WAS no emergency,"  John Ross says.  "I think my son got a bogus call, and I think Shawn Smith was behind it."

     

    "John Ross, that's a stretch, don't you think?"

     

    "Smith threatened my son, Derrick!  He said he was gonna get Alex, and he was gonna get me, and now, my son is nowhere to be found."

     

    "Have you tried his cell phone yourself?"  Derrick asks.

     

    John Ross takes his phone out and dials Alex's number.  He listens for a moment, then looks at Derrick.  "Damned phone goes straight to voicemail."

     

    Derrick nods.  "Alright,  I'll put out an APB on Alex's car, he says as his phone rings.  As John Ross looks on anxiously while Derrick takes the call.  "Yeah,"  Derrick says, answering his phone.  "When?"  Derrick listens to the person on the other end of the line for a few seconds.  "Okay, thanks, I'm on my way."  Derrick puts the phone down and quickly gets out of the truck.

     

    "Derrick, what the hell is it?"  John Ross asks.  

     

    "Bobby!  Lucas!"  Derrick calls to the others, who are still on the patio.  "The boys have been found!  Get in your car and follow me!"

     

    "I'm comin', too,"  says John Ross.

     

    "Alright, get in,"  Derrick says.  He and John Ross get into Derrick's truck.

     

    Bobby, Lucas, and Heather get into Bobby's car, while Christopher and Lucia get into Christopher's car, Courtney and Joseph in Joseph's and all follow Derrick away.  

    Braddock Sheriff's Department....

     Bobby, Lucas, Heather, Christopher, Lucia, Courtney, Joseph, and John Ross follow Derrick into the Braddock Sheriff's department, where Michael, Jacob, and Antonio are sitting in a waiting room.  Spotting their parents walk in, the boys run to them.

     

    "Michael, thank God!"  Heather says, embracing her son.

     

    "Jacob, are you alright?"  Courtney asks.

     

    "Yeah, we're fine."

     

    "Antonio, where is Miguel?  Where is your brother?"  Lucia asks her son.

     

    "Mrs. Trevino,"  a deputy says.  "Your older son, Miguel, was found bound and gagged, and locked in the trunk of a car parked in the woods near Braddock Road."

     

    "What?"

     

    "It was Shawn,"  Jacob says.  "Shawn followed us from the school.  He ran us off the road, and he beat Miguel up.  He made me tie him up and then he put him in the trunk of his car."

     

    "Oh dear God,"  Lucia cries.

     

    "Mrs. Trevino, the officer who found your son after the boys told us where he was, said that Miguel was on his way to Braddock Medical Center by ambulance,"  the deputy said. 

     

    "I need to get to the hospital,"  Lucia says.

     

    "Jacob, are you sure you're okay?"  Christopher asks.

     

    "I'm fine."

     

    "Come on, I'll drive you,"  Christopher tells Lucia, then the two leave with Antonio as an annoyed Courtney and Jacob look on.  

     

    "Thank God you're okay,"  Joseph says, hugging Jacob.

     

    Derrick walks up to the Ewings.  "John Ross, I'm afraid I have some bad news."

     

    "Bad news?"

     

    "Shawn has Alex,"  Michael says.

     

    "What?  Alex?"

     

    "According to the statement the boys gave, Smith lured Alex out to where he was holding them."

     

    "Jacob, what happened?"  Courtney asks.

     

    "Shawn took Michael's phone, and he texted Alex,"  Jacob says.

     

    "He made me text Alex telling him to call me," says Michael. "Then, when Alex called Shawn told him that if he didn't meet him, that he would hurt us."

     

    "So Alex went?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "Yeah.  When Alex got there, Shawn locked Miguel in the trunk of his car, and he made Shawn drive the rest of us somewhere."

     

    "It seemed like we rode for miles and miles,"  Jacob says.  "Then Shawn made Alex stop the car, and he told us to get out."

     

    "Did he say anything?"  John Ross asks.  "Did he sat where he was takin' Alex?"

     

    "No,"  replies Michael.  "But, from the way Shawn was acting, I think he wanted to hurt Alex."

     

    "Oh my God,"  John Ross says.

     

    "John Ross,"  Bobby says, placing his hand on his nephew's shoulder.

     

    "John Ross, we have an APB out on Alex's car, and my men are setting up road blocks all over Braddock County as we speak,"  Derrick says.  "We're also alerting the surrounding counties."

     

    "John Ross, I really don't think that Shawn would hurt Alex,"  Courtney says.  "Not really.  He may try to get some ransom, but, they were the best of friends at one time."

     

    "You don't think your crazy brother would hurt my son?"  John Ross asks looking a Courtney.  "Well, he already killed one kid who was supposed to be his friend.  And he threatened Alex.  Courtney, if that son of a bitch hurts my son, I swear......I'll kill him with my bear hands."

    Meanwhile....

     Alex and Shawn are driving down a rural road, having safely made it out of Braddock County.  "Mind telling me where we're going?"  Alex asks.

     

    "Just shut up and drive til I tell you to pull over.  Turn the radio on.  It's time for the 6 o'clock news."

     

    Alex reaches over and switches on the radio.  After an advertisement for a car dealership, the evening news comes on:  "From KDAL news room, this is Frank Morgan with the 6 o'clock news.  In our top story this evening, police are engaging in a massive manhunt across the Dallas Metro area for escaped fugitive Shawn Allen Smith.  Smith, age 20, is wanted on several felony charges, including the rape of a Dallas woman, and the murder of a Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital employee, Tyler Walden.  The 21-year-old Walden was killed when Smith, who was in the custody of the Braddock County Sheriff, escaped from the hospital after being treated for abdominal pains.  Smith is also wanted for kidnapping, and attempted murder.  He is believed to be traveling with a hostage, 20-year-old Alex Ewing, son of Ewing Oil president, John Ross Ewing III.  Smith and Ewing are believed to be traveling in Ewing's gray 2017 Ford Escape, Texas license plate number ALEX-E 20.  Smith is 20-years-old, stands 5'8'', weighs approximately 160 lbs, has brown hair and blue eyes.  He is armed and considered extremely dangerous.  Anyone with information concerning Smith is asked to call the Dallas County Sheriff's Department at......"

     

    "Turn it off,"  Shawn orders.  

     

    Alex switches off the radio.  "Hear that?  They know you've kidnapped me."

     

    "Yeah, and they'll be looking for this vehicle, which means we've gotta ditch it soon and find another ride.  It'll be dark soon, which is good.  Long as we stay off the main roads, we should be okay for a while."

     

    "Shawn, this is completely nuts,"  Alex says.  "You're never gonna get away with this.  Best thing you can do is turn yourself in before you dig yourself in deeper."

     

    "Deeper?"  Shawn asks.  "DEEPER, are you KIDDING me?  I'm wanted for rape, murder, and kidnapping.  Do you honestly think it could get any worse?  No way in hell am I gonna spend the rest of my life in prison, or let myself get caught and get the death penalty.  And you're my ticket out of this."

     

    "So that's what you're gonna do?  Hit John Ross up for ransom?"

     

    Shawn looks at him and smiles  "Nope.  I have bigger and better things in store for you, pal."

     

    "What the hell does that mean?"

     

    "Well, Alex, old buddy, I thought about killing you.  I thought about the ransom thing like you said, but then, I changed my mind.  Y'see, what I want is revenge, and I'm about to get the best revenge of all on you and that piece of crap you call a father."

     

    A terrified Alex swallows hard.  "What do you mean?  What the hell are you gonna do?"

     

    "Your life is about to change beyond anything you could have ever imagined, Alex,"  Shawn says.  "You're a good lookin' guy.  Young, virile, slim body.  I know this guy that I contacted who's looking for just your type."

     

    "What the hell for?"

     

    "You've heard of people being sold into sex slavery, haven't you?  Well, old buddy, that's what's about to happen to you.  This guy we're gonna be seeing at some point soon..........he deals in human trafficking.  Y'see, I did my research long before any of this crap happened.  Pretty boy like you should bring a real nice chunk of cash.  Cash I can use to get out of the country and be safe."

     

    "You sick bastard,"  Alex says.  "You'd never be able to get away with this.  John Ross and the police are gonna find me, and when they do......"

     

    "No, that's where you're wrong.  I'm gonna tell you exactly what's about to happen to you.  We go and see this guy just as soon as he hits me up.  He checks you out, he pays me, and I get the hell out of the country while you're drugged,or maybe knocked out, whatever.  When you wake up, you'll be across the border in Mexico, or maybe some other South American country.  Doesn't really matter.  Either way, you'll never be seen or heard from again.  Not unless someone in your family enjoys watching gay porn, anyway.  You'll be forced to perform all sorts of acts that'll turn your stomach, and that'll be your new life, Alex.  Forced into a life of being a sex slave and violated by all sorts of gross old men.  Forced to perform on camera."

     

    "You sick son of a bitch,"  Alex says.  "No way am I gonna you do this to me."

     

    Shawn points the gun at Alex's head.  "You have no choice.  I could just kill you now.  A year from now, you'll probably end up wishing I had."  

     

    A tear falls down Alex's face when he realizes he will likely never see Bridget or his family again.  Shawn looks at him and smiles, then begins to laugh sadistically.  

    The Krebbs home....

     Soon after darkness has fallen on the Krebbs ranch, Conner comes down the stairs and is surprised when he runs into Dylan in the foyer.  "Hey,"  Dylan says.  

     

    "Hey,"  replies a nervous Conner. 

     

    "You going out?"  Dylan asks.

     

    "Umm, yeah,"  Conner says.  "I'm going out."

     

    "You wouldn't happen to be going out with Jasmine, would you?"  

     

    "No.  I just thought I'd take a drive into Braddock."

     

    "Well, listen, I'm not doing anything tonight," says Dylan.  "Ashley's still pretty upset about her friend, Tyler, and she said she just wants to be alone tonight.  So why don't I change, and come with you?"

     

    "NO!"  Conner replies quickly and forcefully, shocking Dylan.  "Sorry, I just kinda wanted to be by myself tonight.  Y'know, just to unwind."

     

    "Oh, yeah,"  Dylan says. "Sure, I understand.  Well, enjoy yourself."

    "Thanks,"  Conner.  "I'll, uh, see you later."

     

    "Alright, see you later,"  Dylan says.  He watches his brother as Conner leaves the house.  Dylan can't help but to have noticed how strangely Conner is acting.

    Outside....

     

    As Conner leaves the house, Jasmine is sitting in her car directly across the street, watching the house.  Having been here for a while and seeing no one come out of the house, and Conner's truck sitting in front of the house behind Ray's truck, Jasmine is about to give up and leave, when she sees Conner come out of the house.  Her curiosity is piqued.  She takes a pair of binoculars she had brought with her and takes a look toward the house with them.  She watches as Conner gets into his car.  Jasmine has already decided on a cover story that her car stalled on the side of the road before she reached the Krebbs driveway if Conner happened to see her.  Conner drives his car down the driveway of the Krebbs home, then turns left, heading toward Dallas.  Fortunately for Jasmine, he didn't see her, as he drove off in the opposite direction.  After waiting a few seconds, Jasmine starts her car and begins following him.

    A few minutes later....

     Conner's car turns into the driveway of Justin's ranch house a few miles from the Krebbs ranch.  Jasmine turns off her headlights and manages to see by the moonlight as she brings her car to a stop on the side of the road just down from Justin's house.  She watches as Conner parks his car behind Ashley's car.  He gets out of the car and walks to the house.  Ashley comes out of the house and meets him on the front porch.  Jasmine finds herself filled with anger when she sees the two embrace on the front porch of the house, and kiss.  Conner and Ashley go into the house together, and Jasmine can see through the window as they kiss again.  "Ashley, you bitch,"  she says.  "I'll get even with you for this.  I'll get even with BOTH of you."  She hesitates for a moment as she thinks of a way to get revenge on Conner and Ashley for their betrayal.  Then, it comes to her......the perfect revenge.  She reaches over and picks up her phone from the passenger seat and dials a number.  

    The Krebbs home....

         Dylan is walking into his bedroom when his cell phone rings.  Taking the phone from his pocket, he looks at it, and

    then answers.  "Hello?"

     

    "Dylan, it's Jasmine."

    "Jasmine, hey, what's up?"  Dylan asks.  "How are you?"

     

    "I'm......not so great.  Dylan, is there any way that you could meet me right now?  I really need to talk to you."

     

    "Jasmine, what's this all about?  You sound upset."

     

    "Just meet me, at Ashley's house, over on Old Mill Road.  Dylan, I think Conner is in some kind of trouble, and he needs you.  Just come.  I'll be waiting for you in front of the house."  

     

    "Jasmine......"  Dylan says, but he hears a 'click', indicating that jasmine has hung up on him.  Dylan puts his phone down, wondering what this is all about.  But if what Jasmine said is true, then Conner could be in some serious trouble.  Dylan remembers how strangely his brother has been acting lately.  He grabs his car keys and rushes out of the bedroom.

    Southfork....

     While Ann and Krystina sit on the sofa in the den at Southfork, Ann trying to comfort a distraught Krystina, John Ross is pacing around the room, talking to someone on his cell phone.  Bobby is on the other side of the room, talking to someone on his phone, and Sue Ellen is on her phone in the foyer, with Catlin standing beside her.

     

    "Damn it, I don't want excuses, I want results,"  John Ross angrily says.  He listens to the person on the other end of the line for a few seconds, then lets out a deep sigh.  "Alright, look, I know you're doin' your best.  Just find my boy.  Keep in touch."  John Ross ends the call and puts his phone away.  

     

    Krystina gets up from her seat on the sofa and walks over to her husband.  She puts her arms around him and embraces him.  "Has the sheriff heard anything?"  Krystina asks.

     

    "No, nothin'.  Damn it, Krystina, where the hell are they?  If anything happens to Alex......."

     

    "I know,"  Krystina says in tears.

     

    Ann gets up and walks over to them.  "John Ross, I know this is little consolation, but, Alex is a very resourceful young man, and he knows how to take care of himself."

     

    "I know and that's what worries me,"  John Ross says.  "If Alex tries anything, there's no tellin' what Shawn Smith might do."

     

    "I keep thinking about Tyler's parents, and what they must be going through,"  says Krystina.  "This whole thing is so had to believe."

     

    Ann nods.  "I know."

     

    Bobby and Sue Ellen finish their respective phone calls at the same time.  Sue Ellen and Catlin walk into the den and they and Bobby approach the others.  "The state police have roadblocks set up on all the major highways, and as many of the back roads as they can.  But the problem is, there are so many back roads and side roads in Dallas, Braddock, and surrounding counties that there's no way they can set up road blocks on all of 'em."

     "And I was also on the phone with a friend of mine with the state police,"  Sue Ellen says.  "He assured me they're doing everything they can."

     

    "I can't believe this is happenin' all over again," John Ross says.  

     

    "John Ross, I think there's one thing that Alex has in his favor,"  says Catlin.

     

    "Yeah, and what would that be?"  John Ross asks.

     

    "I don't think Smith is gonna hurt Alex.  Right now, Alex is Smith's ticket to safe passage out of Texas, and possibly out of the country.  So he needs Alex alive and well so he can use him for that purpose.  Try and hold on to that hope, okay?"

     

    John Ross nods.  

     

    Lucas and Heather come down the stairs and walk into the den.

     

    "How are the boys?"  Bobby asks.

     

    "Still pretty shaken up,"  Lucas replies.  "And they're both worried sick about Alex."

     

    "Courtney and Joseph are with them,"  Heather says.  "Joseph's tryin' to keep them occupied by playin' Grand Theft Auto 5 with them."

     

    "Do you think they need to be checked out by a doctor?" Ann asks.

     

    "No, I think they'll be fine,"  Lucas says.  "They're not hurt physically, just, emotionally shaken up."

     

    Jenna walks in.  "Lucas,"  she says.

     

    "Mom.  I'm glad you're here."

     

     

    "Has there been any word yet?"  Jenna asks.

     

    "No, but the police are doin' everything they can,"  Sue Ellen says.

     

    "Sue Ellen, I'm so frightened for our grandson,"  Jenna says.

     

    "I know.  So am I.  We just have to have faith that Alex will come home to us safely.  Jenna, have you spoken to Charlie?"

     

    "I tried to reach her, but I couldn't.  I left a message for her to call me."

     

    "Mom, I think I'll try to call Charlie again,"  Lucas says.

     

    "Thank you, sweetheart,"  says Jenna.  "How is Michael?"

     

     

    "He's okay,"  Heather says.  "Just pretty scared, and worried about his cousin Alex.  I think he could use a visit from his Grandma, right about now."

     

    Jenna nods.  "Alright, I'll go up and see him."  Jenna leaves the room and goes up the stairs.

     

    "Damn it!"  John Ross says, angrily punching the wall.  "I can't stand this sittin' around doin' nothin'!"

     

    "John Ross, there's nothing else you can do right now but wait,"  Bobby says.  "I know it's hard.  But we have no choice."

     

    "Has anyone heard anything from Miguel?"  Heather asks.

     

    "I spoke to Christopher,"  Bobby says.  "Miguel itn't doin' well.  He suffered a heatstroke locked in that trunk, and they have him in ICU."

    Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital....

     Meanwhile, Lucia and Christopher look on as Mitch examines Miguel, who is still unconscious, hooked to oxygen, the sound of the heart monitor filling the room.  Lucia watches her son with a worried look.  Mitch turns to them after completing his examination.  

     

    "Mitch, how is he?"  Asks Christopher.

     

    "I'm afraid I don't have any good news,"  Mitch replies.  "As you already know, Miguel suffered heat stroke.  As a result, his brain is swollen, and blood flow to his brain is being impeded by the swelling.  We're giving him medication to treat the swelling."

     

    "Dr. Cooper........is my son going to die?"  Lucia asks.

     

    "I can't answer that, Mrs. Trevino.  Miguel is young, healthy, and strong.  Those are three factors in his favor.  We managed to lower Miguel's body temperature, but I am concerned because his blood pressure is still very low.  Right now, all we can do is wait.  I'll check back in a little while."

     

    "Thank you,"  Lucia says.

     

    "You're welcome.  Christopher, I'll see you,"  Mitch says as he leaves the room.  

     

    "Christopher, I'm so frightened,"  Lucia says.  

     

    "Miguel's gonna be okay, Lucia.  We just have to believe that."

     

    "Christopher, I know that you would like to go home and see Jacob.  That is where you belong, with your family now.  I'll be fine."

     

    "Jacob is gonna be okay,"  Christopher says.  "Besides, Gioberti is there.  Jacob and Courtney don't seem to need me right now, not with him there.  I'm where I wanna be, and where I feel like I need to be."

     

    "Thank you.  It means a lot that you are here."  Lucia walks over to a chair and sits down.  She picks up her purse from the floor beside Miguel's bed and reaches inside.  She brings out a small framed photo and looks at it sadly

    as a tear falls down her face.  Christopher walks over to her and looks down at the photo, which is of Lucia and an infant.

     

    "Is that Miguel?"  Christopher asks.  

     

    "Yes.  Miguel was 5 months old when Nicolas took this photo of us.  It was Christmas Eve, and Miguel was our special Christmas gift.  If I lose him, Christopher, I don't know how I will go on."

     

    Christopher puts his hands on Lucia's shoulders to comfort her.  

    Justin's house....

    Dylan is driving down Old Mill Road toward Justin's old ranch house on the Braddock-Dallas County line, wondering what was going on with Jasmine, and with Conner.  As he approaches the driveway of the ranch house, he sees Jasmine's car, and next to the driveway, Jasmine is standing outside.  She waves at him.  Dylan brings his car to a stop alongside Jasmine as he starts to turn into the driveway.  "Glad you came,"  Jasmine says to him.

     

    "Jasmine, what's this all about?"  Dylan asks.  "You said that Conner's in some kind of trouble?"

     

    "That's right."

     

    Dylan looks into the front yard and sees his brother's truck.  "What's Conner doing here?"

     

    "Why don't we go in and find out?"  Jasmine asks.  

     

    Dylan pulls into the driveway and parks his car.  Getting out of the vehicle, he sees Ashley's car parked in front of Conner's truck near the house.  "Why is Ashley here?"  He asks as Jasmine walks over to him.

     

    "Well, I probably shouldn't say anything and spoil it, but Conner and Ashley have a very big surprise for you."

     

    "A surprise?  For me?"  Dylan asks  "What kind of surprise?"

     

    "Well, why don't you go on inside and find out?"  Jasmine asks with a smile  

     

    Dylan looks at her, confused.  Then he approaches the house, slowly walking onto the front porch.  Jasmine follows.  Dylan pauses for a second and looks at Jasmine before going to the door.

     

    Meanwhile, in the small downstairs bedroom, Conner and Ashley are sitting on the bed kissing passionately, blissfully unaware that their secret affair is about to be blown out of the water.  Ashley takes off her sweater, and lays back on the bed, Conner on top of her, still kissing.  As this is going on in the bedroom, Dylan and Jasmine enter the house and makes their way through the living room.  Then, they hear the faint sounds of laughter coming from the bedroom in back of the house.  Jasmine smiles wickedly as Dylan looks back at her, then goes down the short hallway.  She follows him.  When Dylan gets to the open bedroom door, he look in and receives the shock of his life when he sees Conner and Ashley kissing hot and heavy.  He stands there watching them for a while, his mouth open in shock, while Jasmine stands behind him, smiling with satisfaction at attaining her revenge against the two people she feels had wronged her.  Conner and Ashley remain unaware that they are being watched, until Ashley opens her eyes, looks over Conner's shoulder, and sees Dylan and Jasmine standing in the doorway.  

     

    "Oh my God, Dylan,"  she says, pushing Conner off of her.  

     

    Conner turns around and, seeing his brother, quickly springs to his feet.  "Dylan,"  he says nervously.  

     

     "Well, isn't this quite a scene?"  Dylan asks, walking into the room.  "My brother and my girlfriend about to have sex."

     

     

     

     

    "Dylan, please, you've gotta let me explain,"  Ashley frantically says.

    "Explain?"  Dylan asks.  "Explain how you and my brother were carrying on behind my back?  How long has this been going on? Have you two been sneaking around screwing each other this whole time?!  Laughing at me behind my back?  Stupid Dylan, he's so easy to make a fool of!"

     

     

     

     

    "Dylan, no one has been laughing at you,"  Conner says.  "Please, just listen.  Dylan, I'm sorry.  I'm SO sorry.  Neither Ashley nor I ever meant to hurt you.  I swear, we never meant for any of this to happen."

     

     

     

     "YOU NEVER MEANT TO HURT ME!!??"  Dylan yells.  "THE TWO PEOPLE I LOVED AND TRUSTED THE MOST IN THE WORLD, AND YOU'VE BEEN SCREWING EACH OTHER BEHIND MY BACK AND YOU SAY YOU NEVER MEANT TO HURT ME!!??"

     

    "Dylan, PLEASE, just listen to me!"  Ashley begs in tears.

     

    "Shut up!  Just SHUT UP!!  I loved you.  And I trusted you.  I gave my heart and my everything to you, and this is what you do to me?  You told me you loved me, too!"  Dylan says, also in tears.

     

    "Dylan, I do love you!"

     

    "SO YOU HOOK UP WITH MY BROTHER!!!???"

     

    "Dylan, just calm down,"  says Conner.

     

    Dylan looks at his brother, and, unable to control the rage that he feels, he angrily punches Conner across the face, knocking him off his feet and onto the bed.  Before Conner can recover his wits, Dylan grabs him by the shirt collar, pulls him to his feet, punches him hard in the stomach, knocking the breath out of him.  Ashley screams. 

     

     

     

    "COME ON!!!"  Dylan yells.  "COME ON AND FIGHT BACK, YOU COWARD!!!"

    "I'm not gonna fight you, Dylan,"  Conner says.  "I'm not."

     

    Dylan punches Conner across the face again.  Conner falls beside the bed.  Dylan then begins punching his brother repeatedly in the face.

     

    ''DYLAN!!! DYLAN, STOP IT!!!!!!"  Ashley screams.  She grabs Dylan's arm, but he pushes her away, causing her to fall onto the bed.  DYLAN!!!!!"  She screams again.

     

    Ashley's screams go unheeded as Dylan hits Conner several more times.

     

    Ashley gets up and again grabs Dylan's fist as he draws back to strike his brother again.  "DYLAN, STOP, YOU'RE GOING TO KILL HIM!!!!"

     

    Dylan finally comes to his senses and looks down at his brother, who he has beaten bloody.  He releases Conner from his grip and Conner falls to the floor beside the bed.  Dylan stands to his feet.  Ashley rushes to Conner's aid.  

     

     

     

     

    Conner looks up at him, bloodied, in pain and unable to speak.  

     

    "Conner, my God, are you alright?"  Ashley cries.  

     

    Dylan looks at his brother and Ashley.  "You two deserve each other.  And I hope I never see either one of you again,"  he says in tears, then he brushes past Jasmine and runs from the room.  

     

    "DYLAN!!"  Ashley yells after him.  She stands, and then notices Jasmine standing in the doorway, a look of triumph on her face.  Ashley us filled with anger as she realizes what has happened.  "You,"  he says.  "YOU did this!  You brought Dylan here."

     

    "Dylan deserved to know that his brother and his whore of a girlfriend were sleeping together behind his back,"  Jasmine says.  "Well, Conner, now I know why you wouldn't have sex with me.  It's because you were saving it all for HER!"

     

    "Jasmine, you have no idea what you've just done,"  Ashley says.  "You just destroyed Dylan.   Maybe even killed him."

     

    "Why, because he's rid of you?  He'll get over it and realize he's better off."

     

    "Oh, you BITCH!!!"  Ashley yells, slapping Jasmine hard across the face.  "Dylan is an alcoholic!  And what you just did has probably driven him right back to the bottle.  If anything happens to him, you'll pay."

     

    "Me?"  Jasmine asks.  "You two are the ones who betrayed him.  Live with THAT!"  Jasmine turns and walks out of the room.  

     

    Conner begins to cry, not because of the physical pain resulting from the severe beating he has just taken, but from the pain of knowing that he has just destroyed his brother's life, and destroyed his relationship with Dylan for good..

     

     

    A rural road somewhere in Texas....

     

    Alex and Shawn continue their drive down a rural Texas road that night, having abandoned Alex's Ford Escape and stolen a Honda Accord.  Alex is quiet as he drives, in his mind trying to think of a way to escape from his captor.  Shawn looks over at him.  We sure were lucky to get this here Honda, weren't we?  People never cease to amaze me, leaving their keys in the damned thing," Shawn says.  "They must think this is 1950, instead of 2020.  Never know who might wander up and steal your car."  Shawn laughs.  Alex gives him an angry look.  "Cheer up, buddy,"  Shawn says with a smile.  "Pretty soon, your time with me is gonna come to an end, and you'll be on your way to a brand new life in Mexico.  And who knows.......you just may like it."

     

    "First chance I get,"  Alex says.  "I swear to God, I'm gonna kill you."

     

    Shawn looks over at him.  "Well, that's not my plan, but, it just may be how this ends after all.  I guess that would be kinda fitting, wouldn't it, for one of us to end up killing the other.  It'd put an end to the long feud started by our grandfathers.  Who knows, maybe that's how this WILL end.  Jeremy Wendell's grandson and J.R. Ewing's grandson.  Somehow, I knew from the moment I found out Jeremy Wendell was my grandfather........I knew you and I would end up in a moment like this, facing off.  Finishing the fight our grandfathers started.  Maybe only one, or neither of us, is gonna make it out of this alive."  Shawn looks at him and smiles again as Alex continues driving down the road to an unknown location, and an unknown fate.

    Dallas....

     Dylan drives into the parking lot of a bar and restaurant near downtown Dallas and parks.  He sits in his car for a moment, tears streaming down his face as he thinks about the betrayal of the two people he loved and trusted most in the world.  Finally, he gets out of the car and walks up to the front entrance of the bar, country and western music playing from inside.  He pauses briefly, then goes in.  Finding an empty booth, he walks over and takes a seat.  He looks down at his hand, his knuckles beginning to bruise, and red with Conner's blood.  He grabs a napkin from the holder on the table and wipes the blood from his hand.  

     

    A waitress approaches him.  "Hi, sweety, what can I get for ya?"  The waitress, a young woman of about 30, asks.

     

    "Vodka.  Straight,"  Dylan replies.  

     

    "Is that it?"

     

    Dylan nods.  

     

    "Got some I.D.?"  The waitress asks.

     

    Dylan reaches into his back pocket and takes out his wallet.  Opening it, he shows the waitress his license.  She nods, then walks away,  Dylan puts his wallet back into his pocket and again looks down at his hand, which is beginning to hurt.  All he can thinks about is how much he now despises Conner and Ashley, and how hurt he is.  At this moment, Dylan doesn't care if he lives or dies.  

     

    The waitress returns with his glass of vodka.  "Here ya go, sweetheart,"  she says, placing the glass on the table beside him.

     

    "Thanks,"  Dylan says.

     

    "You're welcome.  You need anything else, just holler."  The attractive woman flashes him a smile, then walks away.  

     

    Dylan looks at the glass of vodka in front of him.  He had never felt such an overpowering urge to take a drink since the day he first stopped drinking two years ago.  He picks the glass up and brings it up to his lips.  Another tear falls down his face.  Closing his eyes, all he can see is Conner and Ashley making love.  Finally, Dylan puts the glass to his lips and takes a sip of the vodka, then a second and a third sip.  After two years of sobriety, Dylan is off the wagon....

     

    END OF EPISODE 231....

     

         END OF SEASON 9....

    Write a comment

    Comments: 230
    • #1

      Mark Coplien (Sunday, 26 July 2020 22:21)

      Where can I find this online series from the beginning?

    • #2

      John Walden (Sunday, 26 July 2020 22:54)

      @Mark......here is the link: https://johnwaldenblog.wordpress.com/2015/11/30/dallas/

    • #3

      Brian (Sunday, 26 July 2020 23:01)

      Wow this was incredible lots of good old fashioned DALLAS absolutely loved it now we gotta wait till fall

    • #4

      Heath Goldstein (Monday, 27 July 2020 00:50)

      Wonderful season finale. Can’t wait for the fall

    • #5

      Timmy (Monday, 27 July 2020 01:04)

      I picked that samantha and brandon had the same father when holly was so much against them 2 being together but the real twist is that hollys samanthas mother to shocker shawns really in deep now hope alex domt get hurt feel sorry for dylan hope he dont get get back on the bottle again great season ending episode

    • #6

      Trevor Campbell (Monday, 27 July 2020 01:04)

      Wow what a cliffhanger of an ending, I can't wait to see what happens with Shawn and Alex. Shawn has just totally snapped over the last 2 episodes, hopefully he gets what's coming to him at the start of season 10

    • #7

      Trevor Campbell (Monday, 27 July 2020)

      Shawn definitely makes tripp look like a saint. Tripp was ruthless as a business man, but he never killed or harmed someone like shawn has

    • #8

      ROBERT WATLINGTON (Monday, 27 July 2020 08:36)

      That was a great episode all the twists and turns can we connect season start you did a hell of a job John well-deserved take a break relax you earned it kudos to you

    • #9

      Parker Bena (Monday, 27 July 2020 08:53)

      Shawn Smith has definitely blown a gasket. What happened to just make him absolutely snap? He succeeds in doing what he has planned for Alex, then that is WAY beyond fucked up! That is TOTALLY sick!

    • #10

      Tommy Wray (Monday, 27 July 2020 09:56)

      Another great episode. Looking forward to how the Shawn/Alex storyline progresses. Thanks John.

    • #11

      Verena (Monday, 27 July 2020 12:30)

      Amazing cliffhanger! Shawn has turned into a total nutcase! I hope John Ross and the others get to Alex in time or he will face a fate worse than death. Poor Pamela, going through such a horrible ordeal twice. Basically going back to work seems like a good idea for her, she's a business woman, it's where she belongs. Just hope it doesn't keep her from dealing with her trauma. Justin is a good husband though, I don't think he'll let that happen. Somehow I hope Afton will get her chance to make Shawn pay for what he did to Pamela. Her threat gave me goose bumps. ;) Great finale, can't wait for the fall. Thanks for great season, John.

    • #12

      Karl Jonckheere (Monday, 27 July 2020 13:03)

      Greetings grom Belgium...still enjoying this Dallas continuation...its good written

    • #13

      Joseph Pace (Monday, 27 July 2020 14:06)

      Superior ending. Fantastic. Keep it up. Cant wait for the next season to start.
      John I noticed that in these last two episodes, the end credits are missing. Am I missing something.

    • #14

      John Walden (Monday, 27 July 2020 14:23)

      @Joseph.......I didn't do the opening credits for the simple reason that, barely anyone watches them. The last two I did only still have 12 and 14 views. The credits take a good bit of time and effort on top of the episode itself, and no point in spending an extra 35-40 minutes doing something when people won't even bother to take 43 seconds to watch them. I may do them again the first episode of the next season, but if that one only gets a few views then I won't do them again. I always felt the credits were important so people will know who the actors are that I use for which roles, but apparently people don't care.

    • #15

      Chris Hawkins (Monday, 27 July 2020 15:35)

      John,
      Great episode, I really enjoyed all of the drama! Can’t wait to find out what happens, to Christopher and Courtney, Alex and Shawn, great writing.
      Chris

    • #16

      Cindy Shaft (Monday, 27 July 2020 15:59)

      Amazing writing. This might be the best series final yet. Loved every moment of reading. I hope Alex survives and Dylan will forgive Connor before hurting himself more. John Ross needs to learn the more family one has, the stronger the family. Thank you for writing and keeping us entertained.

    • #17

      Ada Vincent (Monday, 27 July 2020 19:30)

      Omg can’t wait to find out what happens to Alex

    • #18

      Rose Meisenhelder (Monday, 27 July 2020 22:23)

      Alex, run the car off the road. You've got nothing to lose right now.

    • #19

      David Rodriguez (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 00:12)

      Amazing finale. I see Courtney was the first to cheat. Look forward to seeing how Christopher and Lucia's relationship develops. Maybe she can have Christopher's baby, and marry him.

    • #20

      Sophie (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 09:48)

      Another FANTASTIC episode John! I love it! Can’t wait to see what happens!

    • #21

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 10:02)

      It was a wonderful finale David. Honestly though, I think Christopher and Courtney are both cheating. Courtney cheated physically, Christopher cheated emotionally. But their marriage hasn’t been right for a long time. It hasn’t been right since her miscarriage. It hasn’t been right since Lucia Trevino entered the picture. It really got worse when Joseph Gioberti entered the picture because Courtney and Joseph have a son together. But I want to see where Christopher and Lucias relationship goes. Christopher and Courtney are definitely done. Courtney you can pack your shit up, go live with Joseph, and you and Jacob can be a nice little family.

    • #22

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 10:42)

      I know that we have our differences Timmy, but you called this one. I figured it out too but you did it fight. Brandon and Samantha had the same married father at the end of the day, and everything. So basically they were by products of an affair Holly had with with Paul Chambers. They are twins, and everything. And they almost slept with each other. That’s definitely on Holly and Samantha Chambers so called mother Melissa. To think her real mother is Holly Harwood. To think that Brandon had a father, even though he was married, had a half-brother, and half-sister right in Dallas and he never knew. Holly Harwood is just as bad as Kimberly Cryder when she pulled the same stuff on her daughter Jill with that whole baby switching scheme. Making her believe that her son was really dead. Holly Harwood and Kimberly Cryder are terrible people. I hope Alex doesn’t get hurt either. I really feel sorry for Dylan. Him relapsing is totally on Ashley and Connors betrayal. They are both terrible people. Ashley you should have known better. Your late father would be rolling over in his grave if he knew you did this. Your mother would be dissapointed in you, Clay, Jimmy, and Justin would be too. And especially Donna and Ray. Same for you Connor. You two need a stern lecture from Donna and Ray.

    • #23

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 10:50)

      One more thing, I bet you think John Ross is a saint now compared to Shawn now do you think? I mean let’s face it JR, John Ross, Tripp McKay, and Jeremy Wendell are definitely ruthless business men, no doubt but they have never killed anybody or done the things that Shawn has done. Shawn Allen Smith is WORSE then ALL of them.

    • #24

      Joseph Pace (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 12:39)

      I am a fan of actors and like to know which actors you are using but as you say, since people don't appreciate the work and effort you make, it is not worth the bother. Today time is very precious and sometimes we need more relaxation and rest to cope with all the stress of modern technology which instead of helping us by making writing easy can make us more frustated.
      Keep up the good work and enjoy your break. This year was and still is hard for everyone. Hopefully things will improve.

    • #25

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 12:45)

      Yes amazing cliff hanger! Nutcase is the right word to describe Shawn Smith. I hope John Ross and the others get to him too. Shawn is really disgusting. And I think Afton does make Shawn pay for what he has done to her daughter. His rape of Pamela killed that baby and ruined Justin’s chances of him and Pamela having a baby of their own. I am not a Pamela fan, but she has been raped twice and I don’t wish something like that on my worst enemy. Before she even THINKS about going back to work, she needs serious therapy. Justin is absolutely right, what she went through is a lot of trauma. Physical, mental, and emotional trauma. Then her baby had the dreaded Barnes disease. That’s a lot to go through. Justin and Pamela do make a good couple. He’s a good husband and son in law. I think the late Cliff Barnes would approve. I know Afton does. Glad she got it right on the fourth try.

    • #26

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:01)

      Cindy, I hope Alex survives too but he has a fight on his hands. Forgive Connor? Forgive Connor? Are you serious? His own brother snaked his girlfriend. Connor is a terrible person and brother. Wasn’t man enough to tell Jasmine the truth when it comes to sex, wasnt man enough to tell Dylan the truth either, he had to ask like an ass towards him. What kind of brother are you? Talking about I love you to your brothers girlfriend, and calling each other, texting each other, having sex with each other, and kissing each other, and doing these secret meetings. That’s wrong on so many levels. Ashley, if your father was alive, he’d tell you he was dissapointed in you. Your mother, and brothers too. The cheating is bad enough, but his own brother? Jasmine was right to expose you the way she did. You and Connor deserve each other. And Dylan was good to you. If he drinks himself to death and dies, that’s on you guys.

    • #27

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:08)

      Chris, I’m very curious to see what happens with Alex and Shawn and Christopher and Courtney too. Christopher and Courtney marriage looks as good as done.

    • #28

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:21)

      Parker, it’s the fact that he lost everything! All his enemies all at once hit him from all sides, Miguel turned on him but that’s only because he had no choice. If he hadn’t, he would have been charged with attempted murder due to that horse accident with Jacob. And it was meant for Christopher. And then he finds out his grandfather faked his own death and was working with the Ewings, not to mention he finds out Samantha Chambers played him too. Yeah that would make anybody snap. He lost his CEO position and then got replaced by Pamela? That’s why he snapped. Then he finds out he doesn’t get a dime of that money he thought he was expecting and it all goes towards his nephew Hunter when he’s 21.

    • #29

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:26)

      You would be right Trevor. Shawn makes JR, John Ross, Tripp McKay, and Jeremy Wendell look like saints. These are ruthless businessmen no doubt, but they have never killed anybody or snapped like Shawn did. He’s worth than all of them.

    • #30

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:32)

      Also Cindy, John Ross loves his family. Does he always get along with them? No because families don’t always get along sometimes. But him and Lila are just going to have to be cordial towards each other. It’s going to take way more time with them though than it was for the others. And that’s okay. There’s nothing wrong with that.

    • #31

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:39)

      By the way, your marriage is done Christopher and Courtney. It’s so done. Christopher you are not cheating physically but you are doing so emotionally, and that’s still cheating. Courtney you are cheating physically and you this is your second offense young lady. Just go be with Joseph and you guys and Jacob will make a nice little family. Christopher, you have a new relationship with Lucia Trevino. Let’s see how it works out.

    • #32

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 28 July 2020 13:49)

      I love that scene between John Ross and Shawn. But he was an idiot to threaten John Ross kids like that. If you want to threaten John Ross fine, but leave his kids out of it. Leave his wife Krystina out of it. They haven’t done anything to you. But that’s what type of pig you are. John Ross, he’s not perfect by any means. But he’s not crazy, he’s not a rapist or killer either. But at the end of the day, did you really expect that a 20 year old kid were going to outsmart people who had a good 10-70 years of experience on you? You have no brains.

    • #33

      Rose Meisenhelder (Wednesday, 29 July 2020 18:15)

      For the record, I do believe Jeremy Wendell is a sociopath and Tripp & Shawn have inherited those traits. Jeremy arranged for Tommy McKay to be jailed in South America to keep him away from Sharon, then used the promise of getting him out to manipulate Carter McKay into the range war against the Ewings.

      I don't suppose Dylan can DWI crash into the car Alex & Shawn are in.

    • #34

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 30 July 2020 13:03)

      Rose, I think Jeremy Wendell is a sociopath too but like an alpha male he hides it really well LOL. Tripp and Shawn didnt. I actually didn’t think that was bad because Tommy McKay was off his rocker crazy. He beat the hell out of April Stevens so if Wendell did that, arranged for Tommy McKay to be jailed in South America to keep him away from his daughter Sharon, that’s a really smart, and clever at the same time. Then used that to manipulate Carter McKay with that range war against the Ewings. And Carter McKay is a big fish, not a small one. Sounds like a plan, Dylan crashing into the car Alex and Shawn are in. Overall, I see nothing wrong with what Wendell did to Tommy McKay.

    • #35

      Rose Meisenhelder (Saturday, 01 August 2020 18:43)

      Derek, I realize Tommy McKay was probably never a poster child for good mental health. However, his sanity had to have taken a major hit from being locked up in a third world prison. And the long term result of Tommy going to prison and later dying was Sharon losing the twins to Carter McKay. So yeah Jeremy ultimately caused his daughter to lose custody of two of his grandchildren.

    • #36

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 02 August 2020 10:19)

      I doubt that’s what Wendell was doing. He just wanted to keep that sociopath away from his daughter. Tommy McKay belonged in prison. That’s what happens to people who beat women and I have no problem with what Bobby did either. He beat the hell out of McKay for putting April in the hospital. Tommy brought this on himself. If he had been good, he might have actually lived. It’s unfortunate Sharon lost custody of her sons though. But Wendell had the right idea.

    • #37

      Timmy (Saturday, 08 August 2020 04:56)

      Yeah shawns gone right of the rails rape murder he makes JR john ross look like like a saint and tripp also although jemery Wendell not so much he instructed hughes in the range war to kill anyone who go in his way when trying to get section 40 maybe not as bad as shawn but Wendell is as ruthless in some ways

    • #38

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 10 August 2020 09:45)

      There you go. Shawn has lost his mind. And he has really snapped.

    • #39

      andrew hass (Wednesday, 26 August 2020 19:17)

      I don't think Alex will die but i do wonder if he might end up paralyzed somehow as a result of been kidnapped by Shawn.Plus Alex been paralyzed could create a lot of drama because it could bring John Ross and Charlie closer since they are his parents.
      As for Connor, i think he needs to tell Ray and Donna what happened because i'm sure they'll have questions when they see his condition after Dylan beat him up.Also i'm wondering if maybe Ashley turns up pregnant and she may not know who the father is.As for Dylan, i have a feeling he might forgive Connor for what happened even though it might take a long time for it to happen because they are brothers but Dylan may never forgive Ashley.If she had slept with anyone but Connor maybe Dylan could forgive her eventually but her sleeping with his brother might be something he can't forgive.

    • #40

      Andrew Hass (Thursday, 27 August 2020)

      @Rose Meisenhelder Since Dylan in the past already caused a car accident in which Alex was involved i don't know if it will happen again because it might be too big of a coincidence that Dylan will have two car accidents while driving drunk and both times Alex is involved..However i'm not saying Dylan won't be in another car accident while driving drunk but if he is that could cause Connor, Ashley and even Jasmine to feel guilty because i'm sure Jasmine didn't set out to intentionally hurt Dylan in arranging for him to catch Connor and Ashley together.Also if Dylan ends up in an accident and is critically injured that could create conflict between certain characters.For example it could pit Ray and Donna against Dylan's mother.

    • #41

      Derek Matbews (Friday, 28 August 2020 11:50)

      Im terrified at the thought of Alex being paralyzed! He didn’t do anything to Shawn but try to be his friend and Shawn turned his back on Alex wanting to take in power, corruption, and he was greedy as hell. As for the other situation, Connor deserved to get his ass beat. I wish Dylan had kicked him in the stomach too. Connor is an awful person and a terrible brother. He acted like such an ass to him. I can’t believe he snaked his own brothers girlfriend. I hope she was worth it Connor because you just destroyed your relationship with your brother to be with her. And Ashley, I’m even more dissapointed in her. I didn’t expect her to do Dylan like that especially with the way that Shawn and that other guy, Slys son screwed her over. You doing this is gonna make people believe Shawn was right about you, shame on you Ashley. Shame on you Connor. Dylan was good to you Ashley. Well, Dylan will never forgive Connor or Ashley. He might even move out now. Excellent job Connor and Ashley! And well Jasmine you are just like your mother getting revenge like that. But I don’t think you meant for Dylan to see that and drink himself to death. You just wanted to expose Ashley and Connor. I understand that. Connor and Ashley need to tell Ray and Donna immediately what happened. I guarantee that Ray and Donna will give both Ashley and Connor a very stern lecture but they both deserve one.

    • #42

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 28 August 2020 12:14)

      Well if anything happens to Dylan that’s on Connor, and Ashley. Jasmine not so much until something happens at the end of the day, and everything. Donna and Ray need to get involved quickly.

    • #43

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 28 August 2020 12:32)

      @Derek Matthews Regarding Jasmine, yeah she got her revenge on Connor and even Ashley but i'm wondering if Jasmine might realize getting revenge didn't get the result she wanted because it might not have made her happy.As for Ray and Donna, i'm sure they'll have a few words for both Connor and Ashley but their main concern for now might be trying to find Dylan and making sure he's okay.Plus since Ray and Donna may know that it won't be good for Connor and Dylan to be living under the same roof now i'm wondering if they might ask Connor to move out because they may know it's better for Dylan to be living under their roof because they can keep an eye on him.As i pointed out i think Connor has a better chance of getting Dylan to forgive him than Ashley since he and Dylan are brothers.I'm not saying Dylan forgiving Connor will happen overnight or that they will have the kind of brotherly relationship like they had before but at the end of the day they're brothers.

    • #44

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 30 August 2020 21:05)

      Maybe Jasmine and Dylan start dating or something but yeah I know Jasmine is still going to be a little guilty after what she did. I really doubt that Dylan will forgive Connor. Yes maybe in the long run Dylan will forgive Connor but man that’s going to really take some time. This was such a huge betrayal! And oh yeah, they definitely will ask Connor to move out because there is no way Connor and Dylan can live under the same roof together. I’m shocked that Dylan did that to his own brother. He’s never going to forgive Ashley though.

    • #45

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 31 August 2020 05:34)

      I don't think Dylan and Jasmine will start dating at least right now but i could see them becoming friends and maybe as they get closer as friends they could start dating then.Also even though Dylan didn't didn't deserve what Connor and Ashley did to him the only one who's to blame for him falling off the wagon is him.As for Ashley, i'm wondering if she'll be left all alone because Dylan may not want anything to do with her anymore and Connor might be focused on repairing with Dylan and Connor may know he can't be with Ashley while trying to fix things with Dylan.

    • #46

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 31 August 2020 05:48)

      I'm wondering if this situation will bring characters together.For example i could see John Ross and Charlie bonding and supporting each other because they're Alex's parents and that could make Krystina feel pushed aside in a way.Also i'm waiting to see how certain characters react to the news that Alex and Bridget are engaged because i could see Bridget revealing that bit of news when she finds out what's going on.As for Alex, i'm worried for him because since Shawn is planning to sell Alex to a human trafficker/sex trader that person before he buys Alex he may want to see Alex in action in regards to gay porn or whatever.

    • #47

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 31 August 2020 06:30)

      Regarding Christopher and Courtney, i think they need to talk to each other about their marriage and get everything out on the table.I think Christopher and Courtney still love each other but they're no longer in love with each other and technically that's neither of their faults people do fall out of love.Also maybe Christopher and Courtney could realize they can't give each other what they want because Courtney can't give Christopher a biological child of his own and Christopher can't give Courtney a happy life with Jacob and maybe he'll realize that Joseph can give Courtney what she wants.Plus if Christopher and Courtney keep holding onto something that may no longer work they could end up hating each other and ruin all the happy memories they do have,

    • #48

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 02 September 2020 05:47)

      Regarding Shawn, i'm wondering if he might tell Alex about John Ross's affair with Samantha because Shawn may have nothing to lose by revealing John Ross's affair to Alex.Of course Alex might not believe Shawn and think he's lying but Alex could start wondering if it's true.Also regarding Shawn killing Tyler, i think Shawn if he's caught could be charged with manslaughter and not murder since he didn't mean to kill Tyler

    • #49

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 04 September 2020 14:49)

      Regarding Cory, i don't think Lila and Cass will really care that he's gay and they might be more upset that he was kicked out of college and he hid that from them.Also i don't know much about the law but if it comes out that John Ross blackmailed Cory regarding his testimony could that reopen Lila's lawsuit regarding her inheritance even though the judge ruled against her?As for Daniel, i don't think Mitch will care that his son is gay and he might be more mad at Lucy for blackmailing Daniel

    • #50

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 13:00)

      Andrew Hass, Lila and Cass will definitely not care that he's gay. But they will be mad that he lied to them about being in college when he wasn't though. Then the whole losing scholarship thing too? John Ross might have used that to blackmail Cory regarding his testimony, but I honestly think that's what Lila gets. She wanted to play hardball, and in the Ewing family, nobody plays hard ball better than John Ross. And what's the point? The blackmail is not really going to reopen Lila's lawsuit regarding her inheritance. I mean look, until they get to some kind of common ground, John Ross and Lila will just have to try to be cordial with each other. I dont think that Mitch could care if his son is gay either, but I don't mind Lucy blackmailing Daniel. When you are an ass to people, and sometimes on purpose, sometimes people react in an emotional way like using blackmail. But Daniel has nobody to blame but himself. If he was at least cordial towards Lucy, and didn't like a little bitch and troublemaker towards her, Lucy would have never blackmailed him. One thing for sure, she learned from the best whether it's JR, Bobby, or Sue Ellen, she learned from members of her family on how to deal with people like Daniel.

    • #51

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 13:27)

      Andrew Haas, even if Shawn does tell Alex about John Ross's affair with Samantha Chambers, what would it matter LOL? Think about this, why would Alex believe ANYTHING Shawn Smith says at this point? We are talking about a guy who has a rap sheet of breaking laws: Let's see attempted murder for starters, then we got sexual assault, or rape; then we got killing somebody a friend of his, who is the son of Lt. Steve Walden, so it was a cop son he killed. What's next? Oh yeah, another attempted murder charge of Miguel Trevino. I mean locking him in that trunk with that hot ass weather? He could have suffered a stroke, and ultimately DIED of heat exhaustion. That would have been murder. At least 2nd degree murder, or manslaughter. Miguel is VERY LUCKY to be alive right now. Then what's next? Oh how about three counts of kidnapping. Kidnapping Micheal, Jacob, and Miguel. What's next? Now he's talking about selling Alex? That's called sex trafficing, which is once again illegeal so if he is caught, he's going to more than likely get the electric chair. But Alex knows that his dad John Ross is not perfect, Alex is not perfect either. But I doubt he would even think about that nonsense. Because fathers and sons don't rat each other out though.

    • #52

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 06 September 2020 13:39)

      Yeah Cass and Lila most definitely won't care that their son is gay but since Cory might be assuming his parents will have a problem with been gay he might their their reaction even if it's good reaction the wrong way.Also like i said i don't know much about the law but couldn't Lila use the fact that John Ross blackmailed Cory as part of an appeal of the judge's decision?However i don't know if Lila would do that because if she reveals that John Ross blackmailed her son she would have to reveal what John Ross had on Cory and i think Lila would protect her son over possibly getting her inheritance.As for Lucy, i agree that maybe Daniel pushed her into blackmailing him but at the end of the day Daniel is Mitch's son and so even though Mitch might understand why Lucy blackmailed Daniel he might always be on his son's side.Also just like Daniel might have pushed Lucy too far and made her to blackmail Lucy might push Daniel too far in blackmailing him because once Mitch finds out his son's gay and that he's dating Cory Lucy no longer has any leverage on Daniel.However i think Lucy never would have revealed that Daniel's gay even if her blackmail didn't work.Also if i was Lucy, i would try to urge Daniel to come out to his dad and assure him that Mitch would have no problem with him been gay and have her try to be more like friends with Daniel and less a stepmother.

    • #53

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 13:44)

      I could ABSOULETELY see Charlie and John Ross bonding, in the wake of this whole kidnapping Alex situation. I mean besides sleeping with each other, they are Alex's parents, and they are good friends. But the one thing that John Ross, Charlie, and Krystina have in common is the fact that they all love Alex. Krystina loves Alex as if he was her own son. There is no jealously or animosity between Charlie and Krystina. They have no reason to be jealous of each other. I could absouletely see Bridget telling everybody about the fact that they were seriously thinking about marriage, and I can't wait for their reaction and everything. Shawn is just a really disturbing person that he would want to sell Alex or see him in gay porn or something. That's just really disgusting though.

    • #54

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 06 September 2020 13:51)

      @Derek Matthews I'm not saying that Alex would believe Shawn if Shawn told him about John Ross's affair with Samantha but since Alex probably knows that John Ross cheated on Krystina before he might wonder if Shawn might be telling the truth.Also as you point out Shawn killed the son of a cop and i'm worried what Lt. Steve Walden might do to avenge his son's death because John Ross and the other Ewings might need Shawn alive at least for now because he might be the only one who can tell them where Alex might be.Also i'm worried what Shawn might do if he's cornered because the last thing he would want is to go to prison for his crimes and so Shawn might decide it's better he's go out in a shootout with the cops or something.So until Alex is found John Ross and the other Ewings might need Shawn to stay alive and so in a way Shawn has some leverage to make sure the Ewings keep him alive.

    • #55

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 06 September 2020 14:12)

      @Derek Matthews Yeah i agree that John Ross and Charlie will most likely bond as a result of Alex's kidnapping as they are there for their son and even each other. because their love and concern for their son is something they share.Also i agree that John Ross, Charlie and Krystina each love Alex but at the end of the day John Ross and Charlie are his parents and they may not mean to but they might ignore Krystina and her feelings.However i'm sure Krystina would understand that John Ross and Charlie may need to come together for Alex's sake and all she can do is offer support and be there to help them.Also i don't think Krystina would be jealous of Charlie because she knows John Ross and Charlie were never romantically involved and that when conceived Alex it wasn't exactly a love affair between them.Plus since she's a mother too i'm wondering if Krystina will be able to reach out to Charlie because she might understand what Charlie's going through.As for Bridget, i could see her in her concern over Alex blurting out that she and Alex are engaged and that might be the last thing some characters might want to hear.Also i wonder if Bridget in her concern over Alex might lash out and blame John Ross since Shawn might have kidnapped Alex to get revenge on John Ross,As for Shawn, i agree that he's a really disgusting person in trying to sell Alex and get Alex involved in gay porn and i'm not excusing Shawn's actions but i'm wondering if Shawn is suffering from psychological problems and what he needs is help.Yes Shawn should be punished for his crimes but that doesn't mean he can't get treatment too at the same time.

    • #56

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 14:56)

      I think Courtney and Christopher are done. They are absouletely done. They have done talking to each other. They may love each other, but they absouletely are not in fall with each other. They are distracted by the presences of other people in their lifes. I think they need to explore those relationships because since the presence of Lucia Trevino and and Joseph Gioberti changed their marriage. Their marriage right now has alot of insecurities, jealousies, and is filled with fights right now. And Lucia Trevino is a lonely woman who hasn't met anybody since her husband died. And she obviousibly caught him at a time when he was vulnerable, and feeling guilty about her husband's death, and she used that to her advantadge. I agree about the fact that they can't keep holding onto this relationship because right now they are at each other's throats. They did have several happy moments together. But I think what really changed is the whole miscarriage. Courtney never got over that, she still blames Christopher for that, hell they didn't even go to marriage counseling for that. They haven't even gone to marriage counseling since they have had all these fights, disagreements, and so on. And Bobby and Ann are worried about them. Plus they are both cheating. Christopher is cheating emotionally, and Courtney is cheating physically. Even Heather and Lucas are worried about them. And John Ross in his most unusual John Ross way, he's concerned. Courtney and Christopher might find their way back to each other but right now they are clearly attracted to other people, and they need to give those relationships a chance.

    • #57

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 15:44)

      Well Andrew Haas, Cory and Daniel need to man up and stop lying to people. Because they are lying to people, and Cory needs to stop assuming Cass and Lila would be ashamed of him. He just needs to tell the truth and get it over with. Daniel too. I don't think that Mitch would care if Daniel is gay but Daniel is his son, and he loves him regardless. Of course he's not going to like the fact that his wife blackmailed his son, but when that happens, Mitch is going to get on BOTH Daniel and Lucy for that whole situation. Mitch is always going to be on Daniel's side no matter what but Daniel needs to stop acting like a spoiled brat. Learn to respect your elders. And even if Lila could get an appeal on the judge's decesion based on John Ross blackmailing her son when it came to his testimony and the inheritance. But again I doubt that she is really going to do that because if she does that, she is going to have to admit that she knows her son is gay, and I doubt she wants to put her son on the spot in court to be cross-examined. So again, I doubt she is going to do that. The fact is John Ross and Lila just need to be cordial towards each other. That's it. Like that exchange with Lila had with John Ross, that's the type of relationship they are going to have to have with each other until they can get their differences figured out.

    • #58

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 16:20)

      Well that's why kidnappers do those things, and everything. They do these things so they can have LEVERAGE over their captors, and so on? And yes, maybe since Alex knows about John Ross history of cheating, he will wonder about the whole Samanatha Chambers thing. But right now, as much as I hate to admit it, Shawn is holding all the cards right now. Him, and his really disgusting self. Well I'd be worried too if I was the Ewings on how LT. Steve Walden is going to handle the situation because obviousibly he is emotionally involved. And when you are emotionally involved, you tend to not think straight and make mistakes. Hell they might just ask him to not get involved and let Derrick do his job. So LT. Walden needs to be very careful. Shawn to me is an idiot because if he gets into a shootout with cops, he's as good as dead. Yes his options are jail or death. But this isn't going to end well for Shawn.

    • #59

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 06 September 2020 16:53)

      @Derek Matthews I agree that Christopher and Courtney's marriage is over and i worry that if they keep holding on to something that no longer works the person they'll end up hurting is Jacob.Plus even if Christopher and Courtney decide to end their marriage it doesn't mean they have to tell people right away and with the situation with Alex the last thing they may want is to add more drama.So maybe for now they could just be separated and put off getting divorced until later.However in the meantime Christopher could get involved with Lucia and Courtney could get involved with Joseph and each of them could see where those relationships could go.

    • #60

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 06 September 2020 17:03)

      @Derek Matthews If i was Daniel and Cory since they are dating they would bring their families and reveal together that they're both gay and that they're dating and they could show they're committed to each other and get everything out all at once.As for Lila, i have a feeling that she's not going to be happy about John Ross blackmailing her son and that could ruin any progress she and John Ross may have made in the meantime in trying to get along with each other.As for John Ross, i don't think he would have outed Cory if Cory didn't give into his blackmail because John Ross may have learned his lesson after blackmailing Todd regarding his sexuality.

    • #61

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 06 September 2020 17:17)

      Regarding Lt. Steve Walden, even if the Ewings ask him not to get involved in trying to find Shawn that may not work since his son was killed by Shawn and he may want justice.So maybe it could be better if Lt. Walden is sort of officially in trying to find Shawn because that way people can keep an eye on him and make sure he's not doing anything that could screw up things in trying to get Alex back safely.As for Shawn, right now he holds all the cards because he has Alex and once he sells Alex he might hold even more cards since he'll be the only one who'll know where Alex might be.So god forbid Shawn dies before Alex is found the chances of finding Alex might be very low.Also i hope Alex is found safe but i hope the search for him dragged out for awhile at least because there could be more drama and suspense that way.Plus the serach to find Alex could bring characters together and make people realize what is important and what isn't important.For example maybe John Ross chooses finding Alex over the possibility of Shawn exposing his affair with Samantha.

    • #62

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 17:24)

      I know this is a messed up situation, but Bridget blaming John Ross would be the stupidest thing she ever did. If you are going to do that, then she needs to lash out at Pamela, Justin, Jeremy Wendell. and Kenneth too because they too were in on it too. Lash at Samantha Chambers, she was playing double agent for John Ross AND Shawn. She slept with Shawn to gain his trust, and eventually to crush him, and that's what happened. All his enemies hitting him from all sides. I figured it was going to go down like that. Shawn just pissed off too many people just like Tripp McKay did. I absouletely can see John Ross calling Charlie, and getting her to come from Dallas to New York because their son has been kidnapped, his whole family is there, his future fiance is there, basically everybody that loves him is there. But Krystina has again no reason to be jealous of Charlie. I mean, that's exactly right, she is a parent too. She has kids too, and she loves Alex like he is her son. Just like her mother said when John Ross and Krystina were in that custody battle over Little John, that baby won't be more loved by anybody than my daughter. This situation with Alex is the same way, and I hope that John Ross and Charlie do bond because it's been a minute since they bonded together. I even hope that Charlie and Krystina bond too because they are BOTH parents and mothers, and they both love Alex, and she can tell Charlie that Alex has graduated high school, he's working at Ewing Oil, and so on. John Ross can even tell her that he changed his last name to Ewing as well. Plus she can meet Bridget, Alex's fiancee too. That might even surprise her too. Shawn probably does have physchological issues, mental issues too but that doesn't excuse his actions. His actions are reprehensible, period. Every action he has done has been reprehensible though.

    • #63

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 17:52)

      I don't think they will tell each other, as in Courtney and Christopher will tell anybody. They definitely don't need more fireworks. They have had more than enough in their marriage. And with everything that is happening with Alex, they don't need more drama. They just need to be with different people right now, and everything. I think Lucia will be good for Christopher. She's very attractive, and she is more experienced when dealing with the outside world. I think Christopher and her have way more in common than Christopher and Courtney did. I think Joseph and Courtney will be good for each other. Now Courtney can get off of Southfork and go be with Joseph in that hotel. Maybe Lucia can give Christopher a child.

    • #64

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 06 September 2020 18:14)

      I understand Cory and Daniel dating, the famalies meeting, all that great stuff. That's understandable. But what progress are you talking about with John Ross and Lila? They HAVE no great progress. They been clashing from Day 1. So it really doesn't matter if Lila gets mad, they were already WORLDs apart, and quite frankly I doubt that Lila wants to have another trial where her sons sexuality is put on the spot. But even though he blackmailed Cory, he never OUSTED him as being gay so for now Lila and Cass still don't have any idea if Cory is gay or not. With Todd, he did, and that mess didn't end well because Dylan found out, and he had to run down and nearly kill John Ross because of things. I think John Ross learned his lesson this time because he was dealing with somebody younger, not older.

    • #65

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 07 September 2020 05:45)

      I'm not saying Bridget possibly blaming John Ross for the situation with Alex will be right but people under stress do say things they don't mean.As for Charlie, i wonder if this situation with Alex might make her become more active in Alex's life because she might find out a lot has been going on in Alex's life that she hasn't been aware of in regards to him getting engaged to Bridget and him working at Ewing Oil.However i would think Charlie has met Bridget before since she and Alex have been dating for 2 or so years but she may not know how serious Alex and Bridget are.Also considering that Charlie has history with other characters too like Christopher her return could complicate other things.

    • #66

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 07 September 2020 06:00)

      Regarding Courtney, if and when she decides to leave Christopher i don't think she should immediately start living with Joseph because maybe in a way she needs to be on her own with Jacob for a bit and maybe get a job and not rely on a man to support her.However that doesn't mean Courtney can't be with Joseph but maybe she needs to take things slowly with him.Plus Courtney may not want to uproot Jacob too much at first and so maybe she could find a place for them to live in Braddock in the short term.That way Jacob could still visit Southfork and his horse from time to time.As for Christopher, i also hope he doesn't jump into a relationship with Lucia too and maybe he should just get to know her better at first.Plus until Lucia knows if Miguel will be okay the last thing on her mind might be getting into a relationship with Christopher.

    • #67

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 07 September 2020 06:16)

      Like i have posted i don't think Cass and Lila will have a problem with Cory been gay or that Mitch will have a problem with Daniel been gay but i wonder if the drama and conflict will come from the fact that Cory and Daniel are dating.For example Cass/Lila and Mitch might not be on the same page regarding their sons dating.Also when it comes out that John Ross blackmailed Cory i'm wondering if Justin won't be happy because even though Justin was working with John Ross against Lila Justin may not like John Ross's actions regarding Cory.Plus i think if his blackmailing Cory regarding his sexuality hadn't worked John Ross probably would have blackmailed Cory regarding him been kicked out of college because that's something else Cory probably didn't want his parents finding out.

    • #68

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 07 September 2020 18:07)

      Of course Lila and Cass won't have a problem with Cory being gay, Mitch won't care about that either. I don't doubt that at all at the end of the day. Even if Justin's not happy, the fact is Lila brought that on herself. She was GREEDY from the get go, and she was willing to take down anybody that was in her way to get that inheritance. Even if that means Jill, and that's messed up. I'm sorry, but I'm tired of the Ewing family, and their self-righteous ways. Stop making it seem like John Ross is the only person who has done wrong. I mean look at the things that I found out this season, Jimmy switching the DNA tests on Clay, John Ross helping him; at one point Justin blackmailed a judge for god sake. It was a long time ago but it happened. And look at Christopher and Courtney's judgemental ass out here cheating on each other, Christopher emotionally, Courtney physically. So now Courtney has cheated on two men she was with, one her husband, the other her boyfriend. She can't say anything with her history of cheating now. And then OMG, look at Connor and Ashley's scandulous affair, so they aren't innocent. And I know Ann and Bobby's stuff stinks. Lucas and Heather does too. Justin got no business judging anybody, and I like Justin alot. But you are right, either way, this is Lila's fault because if John Ross hadn't blackmailed him on his sexuality, you are right, he would have done it when it comes to being kicked out of college so either way John Ross was going to hold all the cards here. Everybody else in the family needs to do a better job of acknowledging things.

    • #69

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020)

      Luke i said i think for the drama and conflict between Cass, Lila and Mitch will come from the fact Cory and Daniel are dating and and not that they're gay.Plus as yo point out no one in the Ewing family are in any position to judge John Ross or even each other.However since you brought up Justin blackmailing that judge if i remember correctly he only did that because John Ross was trying to steal his inheritance from JR.So it's not like Justin decided to blackmail that judge for no reason.As for Lila, she might be greedy as you say but does that mean she didn't have a legal right to her possible inheritance?I think someone can be greedy but still be right in what he or she may legally have a right to.

    • #70

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 05:49)

      Regarding Charlie, i think it could be interesting if she becomes jealous of Krystina's relationship with Alex.For example Charlie could become jealous that Krystina seems to know more about what's going on in Alex's life then she does.Plus when Alex is found it could be interesting also if Charlie and John Ross/Krystina disagree about how to best help Alex deal with what happened to him as a result of been kidnapped by Shawn and whatever else happens to him.Of course Charlie, John Ross and Krystina may all want to help Alex and do what's best for him but they may have different ideas about how to do it.

    • #71

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 08:08)

      Well, I understand people lash out at people from stress, but I'm not saying it wouldn't be smart. But yes it's possible something like that could happen. You know, Charlie might want to move back to Dallas or something because she has been missing out on alot of Alex's life since she has been in New York. She might consider doing that. Also she might have met Bridget, Alex's girlfriend, not Bridget, Alex's fiancee. Well of course Charlie has history with other characters like Ray, Christopher, Lucas, I mean she hasn't seen Lucas in what seems like a long time. It could complicate things but by that time Christopher and Lucia will be together.

    • #72

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 08:34)

      Well no I don't think Lila is entitled to her possible inheritance, why? Because she came in that family making demands, that's why. If you want something, you have to get it the right way. She was greedy from the GET GO, and I don't care how John Ross treated her, she sued John Ross out of spite, and then she tried to get her sister who she has JUST MET, to turn against HER OWN family. That's why that's messed up. And I'm surprised that Jill even went along with that nonsense. She should have told Lila politely no, and kept it moving. Lila is a troublemaker, kind of like Lucia is. These two came into this family, and turned it upside down. I mean how did she think that her family was going to react when they found out she existed? I mean to find out that JR had another child, and it was with a prostitute named Leeann Rimes, I hated the fact that John Ross even had to tell his mother that because he knew she was going to feel some way about it. And another thing, I know the Ewings are tired of getting blindsided from JRs secrets because they keep popping up, and that's not fair they have to be the ones that have to deal with them. And two wrongs don't make a right though. But I think it's funny that Amanda ended up cheating on Justin too just like she cheated on John Ross. That was his karma. That's why you also don't steal your brother's married wife, that's something you just don't do At least wait till they get a divorce to do that.

    • #73

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 09:09)

      Yeah i could also see Charlie deciding to move back to Dallas or at least staying in town indefinitely until she knows Alex is safe and has recovered from his ordeal.Also i could see Charlie thinking it could be good for Alex to maybe come back to New York with her for awhile while he's recovering and that may not sit well with other characters like John Ross or Bridget.Plus we don't know what Charlie has been up to in New York and it could be interesting if parts of her life in New York follows her to Dallas.As for Lucia, she probably doesn't know that Christopher and Charlie were involved in the past and so she may not be happy that one of Christopher's exes is around.Plus if i remember correctly the reason Charlie and Christopher broke up was because Christopher wanted a biological child and she knew because of her age she probably knew she couldn't give him one and she knew he still had some unresolved feelings for Heather.So Charlie and Christopher didn't break up because they didn't love each other but because of circumstances.So maybe they still have unresolved feelings for each other.Also i can't wait for Charlie to meet Bridget's grandmother Donna because i have a feeling they may not like each other especailly if Donna is against Bridget and Alex getting married.Yeah Charlie might also be against Alex and Bridget getting married because she might think they're too young or whatever but may not mean she'll stand by and let Donna attack Alex.

    • #74

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 09:23)

      Regarding Lila, i don't think it's fair to judge her because her mom was a prostitute or that she was conceived as a result of an affair JR has,Lila should be judged for her own actions and not what her parents did because she didn't ask to be born.As for Jill, i keep wondering if John Ross and Justin might have been willing to give her her inheritance from JR because they consider her their sister if she hadn't been working with Lila.As for Amanda, of i remember correctly John Ross wasn't in love with her when they married and the only reason he wanted her was because she was pregnant with his child,So i wonder if Amanda hadn't been pregnant back then if John Ross really would have cared that much if Amanda got together with Justin.Of course John Ross may not have liked it that Amanda dumped him for his brother but that might have been more of a pride thing than been jealous that Amanda was with Justin and not him.

    • #75

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 09:35)

      It might be interesting, but still Charlie has no reason to be jealous of Krystina/Alex's relationship. She should be happy that Krystina has been such an amazing stepmother to her son, her stepson, while she's in New York handling her business, and Alex knows his mom is a good mom. Of course Krystina would know more about Alex's life than Charlie would, he's been living at Southfork, and that's why she lives. So they see each other every day though. When Alex is found, he is going to have go through some counseling, because what he went through with Shawn could tramauntize anybody though. And Shawn definitely has all these pyschological issues he has going on, and he needs help but jail or death is still his future though.

    • #76

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 10:00)

      Lila judged by her actions? And what has she done since she got into this family? Sued John Ross out of spite just the way he treated her, she tried turning her new found sister, a sister she had known for 2 minutes against her family. A family that she has been apart of for six years. A family that has bent themselves over backwards for her, they gave her a job at Ewing Oil, they bought her a house, John Ross even found out her child was alive, and found him. Found out Kimberly Cryder, and Allison Jones were doing their baby switching thing. Found out what what happened to Jeffrey Myers when it comes to his suicide. She would have NEVER known about that if John Ross hadn't done that, and this is how you repay them? Going against your family and going on the troublemaker Lila's side? Now it wasn't smooth sailing, but John Ross and Jill got to a point where they became brother and sister, and had love for one another. It wasn't smooth sailing with John Ross and Justin either, but their relationship is much different now. And she is going to be judged the rest of her life. The public is going to judge her, so she needs to get ready for that. And if you are going to be a Ewing, you need to get ready to be judged anyway. Overall, that's why I don't like Lila, she is a troublemaker. If you want to get things, you need to do it right, and be patient. And stop forcing things on people. Oh John Ross is being mean to me, he don't like me; the fact is you can't force people to like you. You can't, and that's something she needs to deal with. It's just going to take longer with John Ross and Lila, that's all.

    • #77

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 10:21)

      You forget that Amanda was spying on the Ewing family for Cliff Barnes, and John Ross actually did love and care about her in the beginning when they first met. Now when he found out that she was playing him and his family, oh yeah his real self showed up. But Amanda can't play victim like that? What did you expect him to do lady? You were spying on him and his family, being deceitful, you were lying to the man you loved, YOU DRUGGED the man you really loved, and then you married him. Plus you lied about being pregnant too. None of that sits well with me. You came into this family a liar. But I loved it when John Ross self came out, and he started treating her like shit because she deserved that. You can't do all that then play victim. Amanda was the prepatraitor in that situation, and John Ross was the victim. Now maybe John Ross didn't like the idea of his little brother being with Justin, and of course it's a pride thing but the fact that she was pregnant meant he was going to be able to see her daughter or son. But it doesn't matter now because she had a miscarriage in the end though. I mean trust me, when he got with Krystina, he couldn't give a damn about Amanda. But I still think it's funny Amanda cheated on Justin with his own nephew, that's what Justin gets for stealing his brother's wife. That was his karma, and I guarantee he won't do that again. But I'm glad that second time is the charm for him though. I'm not a big Pamela fan, but he seems happy with her, and they are good for each other. He geniuely loves her, and she deserves that.

    • #78

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 10:41)

      Did i say Lila shouldn't be judged for her actions?I said she shouldn't be judged because her mom was a prostitute or that she was a conceived as a result of an affair JR had.Just like John Ross shouldn't be judged by what his parents did.As for Lila, i agree that she might have gone the wrong way in trying to be a part of the Ewing family but i don't think what she did has totally destroyed any hope of her been part of the Ewing family down the line.As for Jill, if i remember correctly John Ross kept the fact that they related in the beginning because he wanted to get control of Westar.So John Ross wasn't always innocent in his dealings with Jill.

    • #79

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 10:53)

      I think the difference between Justin getting together with Amanda and him getting together with Pamela is that when he got together with Amanda she was married to John Ross and when he got together with Pamela the relationship between John Ross and Pamela was long over.Plus by the time Justin got together with Pamela John Ross was in love with Krystina and married to her and so John Ross probably knew he was in no position to tell Justin or Pamela not to be together.Of course i'm sure John Ross still cares about Pamela because of their history and wishes her well but he may no longer care who she loves or is with,

    • #80

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 10:59)

      Well I definitely see one of those possibilities happening with Charlie. And besides I know that Charlie misses her son, I mean she is a mother who misses her son, and I can understand that. She will definitely stay in Dallas, maybe even move back until the ordeal is over with. Obviousibly with her being around, it will make things complicated for Christopher because he has history with her, and he's known her for way longer than he has known Lucia. I mean he pretty much grew up with Charlie. But I absouletely bieleve that Charlie and Donna won't like each other. Donna can come off like off abrasive at times, and the only thing that Donna, Charlie, Krystina, and John Ross will agree on is that Bridget and Alex are too young to get married. Donna has really warmed up to Alex so I don't think she is going to give him a really hard time anymore. I don't think that Lucia will like the fact that Christopher has history with Charlie, and yes I remember the reason why Charlie and Christopher broke up. He was crazy about her, and because of her age she thought she was never going to be pregnant. And because she thought he still had feelings for Heather. Their age difference was in the way too. I could see Alex going back to New York but he probably won't want to do that because his whole entire family is in Dallas, expect his mom. His mom might have to move back permanently just to be around him at the end of the day. I doubt that Charlie and Christopher have unresolved feelings for each because their relationship seems SO LONG ago. I think they both are over each other. Hell Charlie could have a whole new man in her life while she is in New York, it's a big city, and there are millions of people out there. So there's that too.

    • #81

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 11:38)

      I wonder if John Ross knowing that Alex might need his mom around as he recovers or whatever and the last thing he may want is Alex going back to New York might try to manipulate things to keep Charlie in Dallas.For example maybe John Ross arranges for Charlie to get a great job offer that will keep her in Dallas.As for Alex and Bridget, i wonder if this whole situation with Alex been kidnapped and realizing they almost lost each other forever and that life is short causes them to decide to get married even sooner then they planned to.As for Cheistopher, with his marriage almost over having Charlie back could reignite some old feelings that he might have had for her.Plus between Charlie and Lucia, i'm wondering if Courtney would pick Charlie to be the one Christopher ends up with because Courtney may not trust Lucia.As for Charlie, i also wonder if she has a new man in her life in New York and that could complicate things even more.For example John Ross may not be happy that if Charlie has a boyfriend then that man will be in Alex's life too and John Ross could be jealous of that man taking away some of Alex's attention from him.Also it makes sense that if Charlie does have a new man in her life that she wouldn't tell Alex about the man until she knew for sure that she was in a serious and committed relationship with the man.Plus even though Alex has matured over the years Charlie could still be worried that Alex could feel that she's trying to replace her dead husband Philip with a new man because of how Alex reacted when she started dating Christopher all those years ago.However i think Alex would be happy for his mom now and not think she's trying to replace Philip in her heart

    • #82

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 12:19)

      I'm telling you Lila needs to get ready because she is going to be judged for the rest of her life. Not only for that but for being a Ewing. It's not ready, but sometimes the world is cruel, and it's funny you say that, John Ross shouldn't be judged for what his parents did, but EVERYBODY in the family judges John Ross for things his father does, and what he does. Everybody constantly compares him to his father, and I honestly would hate that if people did that to me. I still remember the episode where John Ross was trying to spill oil on Southfork with permits, he was stopped because Bobby became Railroad Commossioner. Christopher was like, John Ross, you don't think with your actions, you abuse the land, you are more selfish than your father ever was, and I would hate to get messages like that on a daily basis from people. And what's even worse is it's his own mother that did this to him. He needed her when he got kicked out of the company, and she turned her back on him. John Ross and his mother has always had a tumultous relationship. And if Lila absouletely didn't go about things the right way, but she needs to realize you can't force people to like you. You just can't so her constantly trying to seek validation from John Ross so he can like her is ridiculous. I know about John Ross and Jill's beginning in the family with each other, I remember the Westar stuff, all of that. That's why I SAID it wasn't smooth sailing but they got PAST all of it, and it took time, that's all. With John Ross and Lila, it's just going to take time, period. You can't force nobody to like you, you just can't. You just have to wait for them to come around, that's all. Until then John Ross and Lila just have to stay away from each other, or stay cordial to each other.

    • #83

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 12:35)

      If i was Lila, i would forget about trying to have a relationship with John Ross and instead trying to have a relationship with some of the other Ewings instead.For example maybe she could reach out to Justin because even though they were at odds regarding the inheritance Justin might be willing to give her a chance because he might remember that when he first arrived he went under the name Randall and didn't tell anyone he was JR's son right away.So in a way Justin might understand what Lila's going through in terms of been an outsider.Plus the fact that Lila showed up at the hospital after Pamela lost the baby and asked how Pamela was might mean something to Justin.

    • #84

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 12:37)

      Andrew Haas, believe me, I know the difference when Justin got with Amanda and when she got with Pamela. But man, I really don't want John Ross to have the same relationship with Christopher that he has with Justin, and dealing with the same women is one issue Christopher and John Ross have. I mean they both have dealt with the same women: Elena, Pamela, Amanda. That's not going to help them. Of course now John Ross, I'm sure he cares about Pamela a little bit but he just cares about Justin more since that's his brother at the end of the day, and everything. He's very much in love with Krystina so as long as Pamela is good to his brother, he's going to continue to remain cordial to her, and everything.

    • #85

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 13:37)

      Well she should have been doing that in the FIRST place instead of trying to seek validation from John Ross just because he didn't like her. She needs to get back to DOING that. Stop causing so much trouble and trying to fight new members of your family over stuff like greed. John Ross and Lila should just be cordial to each other, say hi, and bye, and keep it moving. Well I expect Justin to do something like that because he's a good guy, and his mother is a good person. That's the way she raised him so that's a possibility though. And yes, he won't forget that Lila came by to see how Pamela is in the hospital, and of course John Ross did that as well. Beautiful the fact that they came at the same time, and locked eyes on each other.

    • #86

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 13:59)

      Whether people like it or not John Ross and Pamela have history together because they were in love, married and divorce and yes they're now in love with other people and happy but they can't pretend their relationship never happened.However as you point out at the end of the day John Ross loves Justin because they're brothers and John Ross wants Justin to be happy even if it's with Pamela.However i think John Ross doesn't really care about Justin and Pamela's relationship as long as he knows Justin's happy and that Pamela is treating Justin the right way.

    • #87

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 14:11)

      Regarding Lila, i think John Ross won't bother her as long as she doesn't bother him and he'll just be cordial to her when they see each other.Also John Ross may not really care either Lila tries to form relationships with other members of the Ewing family because he can't stop his family from hanging around with Lila if that's what they want to do.Also i'm wondering if Lila when she learns about the situation with Alex tries to be there for the Ewing family and offer support without any ulterior motives on her part.Also i think it could be interesting in a way if Lila and Lucy sort of become friends and since Lucy knows that her stepson Daniel is involved with Lila's son Cory Lucy becoming friends with Lila could complicate things especially when it comes out that Lucy knew about Daniel and Cory.

    • #88

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 14:59)

      That's alot of confusion, and complications man. Honestly I just don't think Charlie and Christopher have all those resolved issues. Their relationship ended a LONG TIME ago. probably about four years, or three years ago. There is no reason Lucia and Charlie should be jealous of one another. And John Ross should not even be remotely jealous even if Charlie does have a new guy, and that guy is around Alex. Alex is HIS SON, young ADULT son. Knowing him, he will be more than happy that Charlie has somebody special in her life, and I'm sure their son will be happy for her too, especially when he can be found. Charlie and Christopher though are still very much friends though. I doubt that Alex will feel that she's trying to replace this guy with her late husband Phillip, that's been over. He used that same excuse when she started was dating Christopher. He wasn't mature enough to handle it then, but he's definitely mature to handle it now. Well sure, that's a huge possibility, and with John Ross being a Ewing, having all the resources he has at his disposal, he absouletely can arrange for her to get a new job in Dallas, and a damn good one because Dallas is FILLED with excellent jobs. Then she will stay in Dallas for good, and then Alex will have BOTH of his parents. And I can see Bridget and Alex getting married sooner or later because going through this whole ordeal will make both realize that they absouletely truly love each other. By the way, whether Christopher ends up with Charlie or Lucia, that's not up to Courtney, that's up to Christopher. Their marriage is done for, and she just needs to worry about herself, and her chid, and absouletely taking things slowly with Joseph. Christopher needs to take things slowly with Lucia. And she needs to worry about Miguel getting better first before she worries about getting into a relationship with Christopher.

    • #89

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 08 September 2020 16:13)

      I'm not saying that Christopher and Charlie have unresolved issues between them but the fact that they have romantic history between them might make things a little uncomfortable for Lucia.Plus remember Courtney was sort of jealous when she saw Christopher and Charlie interacting back when lex was injured in that car accident and Christopher had reassure her that she was the one he wanted.So it makes sense that Lucia too might feel a little uneasy if she sees Christopher and Charlie interacting.As for John Ross, i'm sure he'll be happy for Charlie if she has found love again but he may not like that Alex may have another sort of father figure in his life.However knowing John Ross, he may have Charlie's new man investigated just to make sure he's not hiding anything that could hurt Charlie or Alex.Plus even if John Ross arranges for Charlie to get a job in Dallas i don't think he would force someone to hire Charlie but maybe just ask someone he knows to check Charlie's resume and see if Charlie is someone he or she might want to hire.Plus if and when Alex and Bridget get married, i'n wondering what kind of wedding it might be because i could see both their families taking over planning the wedding.As for Courtney, i agree that she needs to focus on herself and Jacob and maybe finding a job and taking things slow with Joseph because the last thing she may want to do is Jacob's hopes up about her and Joseph and then having to dash them later.As Courtney getting a job could be very interesting because depending on what job she gets it could have interact with characters that she might not have normally interacted with before.For example since i think Courtney used to work at Ewing Oil as Christopher's assistant maybe Pamela could hire her at Westar as her assistant or whatever and that way Coirtney could moved into a different area on the show.Also even though their ,marriage is over i don't think Christopher or Courtney would do anything to intentionally hurt each other.So if Courtney gets together with Joseph and/or Christopher gets together with Lucia they each might keep those relationships on the down low and not rub their individual relationship in each other's face at least until their divorce is final.That way Christopher and Courtney could end their marriage on a good note and maybe end it as friends at least.Plus even though i hope Miguel recovers maybe him getting hurt is a good thing because it could kind of slow things down between Christopher and Lucia since Lucia will now be focused on Miguel and Christopher can now deal with resolving things with Courtney.That way when and if Christopher decides to be with Lucia he can assure her that his marriage is over for good.

    • #90

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 03:55)

      That's absouletely true. As long as Lila doesn't bother John Ross, he won't bother her. That's exactly right, and just be cordial when they see each other, say hi and bye, that's it. Until you guys can stand to be around each other. Well that's true too, I mean if the family wants to hang out with Lila, that's on them and her. Alex will be cordial to her, and she needs that at the end of the day. If Lucy and Lila becomes friends, yeah that could put her in a really awkward situation because she knows that Daniel and Cory are dating, and that they both are gay so that could be an interesting situation.

    • #91

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 07:47)

      I wonder if the one of the reasons Lila went after her inheritance was because she wanted acceptance from the Ewings and recognition of been JR's daughter and not her getting money per se.Of course i'm sure Lila would have liked getting money but that may not have been her main objective in wanting her inheritance.Also maybe Lila needs to find a job in Dallas because she may need something else to focus on in life besides her kids and trying to get the Ewings to accept her.

    • #92

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 10:09)

      I don't know but i'm wondering if Pamela been CEO of Westar and her brother Brad been the head of the ORC is a conflict of interest somewhere I also wonder if Jeremy Wendell had an ulterior motive in having Pamela become CEO of Westar.For example maybe J\Wendell is think Pamela been CEO of Westar but been married to Justin who is a Ewing could create conflict which he could take advantage of.

    • #93

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 10:43)

      I loved the John Ross/Pamela Barnes storyline on the TNT version. Alot of people did Cynthia Cidre ruined it. She had a golden idea, and she threw it away like yesterday's trash. If she had let John Ross and Pamela be a super couple, and let them go through the trials and tribulations of marriage, they might still be married today. It was bad writing by her, and her team. I mean for god sake, John Ross was wooing her one minute, then cheating on her the next. That's bad writing. But despite that, yes John Ross doesn't really care much about Pamela and Justin's relationship. He loves Justin as his brother, and as long as Pamela is treating him right, that's all he cares about.

    • #94

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 10:57)

      Of course Pamela being CEO of Westar, and her brother being on the ORC, or at least being the head of it is going to create a conflict of interest. Of course Jeremy Wendell had an ulterior motive naming Pamela as CEO of Westar. It's Jeremy Wendell, he didn't get to become alpha with being stupid like Cliff Barnes is. But Pamela has been waiting for this oppurtunity her whole life, and she's a Ewing now so maybe this Westar-Ewing Oil rivalry can be laid to rest now that there is a Ewing running it. Shawn just didn't play fair, that's all. But before she does that, she needs a tremendous amount of counseling with being raped twice, that's alot of physical and emotional trauma she has been through. And she's experienced, and she's tough, and she's smart, and clever. She can handle herself. She's been in this oil business a long time, and she knows how it works. She learned from John Ross, Tripp McKay, hell even Cliff Barnes herself on how things were done, and how dirty it gets. And yes her job is sometimes going to create conflict with Justin. Bobby and Pam had to go through the same thing when they were married.

    • #95

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 11:19)

      Oh Lord, she went after her inheritance because she is a greedy woman, that's why. John Ross knew that from the beginning. He's not stupid. Anyway, if you want acceptance and recognition from somebody, like a family or something, you be yourself, and you work hard, and build something. What you don't do is some of the things she has done since she has been in Dallas, being a TROUBLEMAKER, forcing a sister you just met to go against a family that she has been a part of six years. A family that has bent over backwards for her. That's absouletely outrageous. If she really wants acceptance, recognition, and RESPECT from this family, she needs to get a job, maybe run her own business or something. Build something from the ground up. Start making your OWN money instead of trying to go after an inheritance. Do what Justin did, and start Ewing Records, he and Pamela did that. That's something you could do. Lila I actually think is very clever and smart but she needs some direction too because she's worried about the wrong thing. Worry about building your self-esteem, your self-respect, and all that great stuff. Work on you, then the rest will come. Forget about the inheritance, you aren't getting that.

    • #96

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 11:24)

      I think Pamela and Brad need to talk about her been CEO of Westar and him been the head of the ORC.For example Pamela could assure that Brad that if the ORC rules against Westar on something she won't blame him.As for Pamela, as you point out she's been raped before and so she may know how to deal with Shawn raping her.However i'm wondering if miscarrying might have more of an impact on her than been raped by Shawn,Plus even though Pamela may want to be a success as CEO there might be lines she won't cross.For example i don't see Pamela taking advantage of the situation involving Alex to try to undercut Ewing Oil in business.If and when Westar goes up against Ewing Oil in business Pamela may want to play fair and square as much as she can.Also i just realized Pamela and Justin is sort of the reverse of Bobby and Pam in that this time around it's Pamela and not Bobby who's in the oil business and it's Justin and not Pamela who's married to an executive in a oil company.As for Justin and Pamela, maybe they could agree that they'll separate her job from their marriage and family as much as possible.

    • #97

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 09 September 2020 11:39)

      I'm not defending Lila's actions but i don't think she exactly forced Jillian to work with her because you can't force someone to do something if they didn't want to do it in the first place.Jillian could have said no to Lila.As for Lila, she should start her own business or even buy a business because there's a lot of businesses in Dallas that might be for sale.Plus Lila owning a business could have her start interacting with more characters besides the ones she normally interacts with.Plus since you brought Justin starting Ewing Records and yes he's made into a success but if i remember correctly he created Ewing Records from the money he inherited from JR and not from his own money.So if Lila starts up her company with her own money and money she inherited and she makes the business successful it might mean more because she did it on her own and not from an inheritance.

    • #98

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 14 September 2020 17:07)

      Pamela and Justin do need to have a talk. Because with him at the ORC, and her at Westar, she’s going to have to talk about doing things fairly. She’s going to have to keep him from doing things unfairly, like going after the Ewings for personal reasons. Now that Pamela Barnes Ewing is a Ewing herself, shes going to make sure things are done fairly. And she is really sharp. And experienced and even though Jeremy Wendell might have a motive naming her CEO, I think the feud between Ewing Oil and Westar night slowly be coming to an end. And Pamela with her being raped she might have time to just take it easy, get some therapy help mentally and emotionally. Yes they are in the same situation Bobby and Pamela were expect Pamela is in the oil business. And there are lines she won’t cross. And yes separating her job from family and their marriage would be an excellent idea.

    • #99

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 14 September 2020 18:22)

      Well Lila obviously made Jill feel sorry for her, and everything. She in a way forced Jill to do this because she made it seem like it was sexist for the men to get their inheritance and they didn’t get theirs. Jill was stupid to have done this. Why would you do this and this family has bent over backwards to help you? Bought you a house? Accepted you into the family. Ok it wasn’t smooth sailing but it got to the point where John Ross and Jill became brother and sister and they loved each other. She needs to start her own business with her own money or something. And then she will be respected. Maybe Lucy can help her or something.

    • #100

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 15 September 2020 06:13)

      Yeah Pamela and Brad may need to have a talk about him using his position as head of the ORC to go after the Ewing Oil and the Ewings because lets say he does that and by doing it he inadvertently helps Westar which Pamela is CEO of it could look like preferential treatment towards his sister.As for Pamela, even though i'm sure she's happy been CEO of Westar i'm sure she knows that Jeremy Wendell may have had an ulterior motive for picking her to be CEO.So i'm wondering if she might keep an eye on Wendell to make sure he's not doing anything behind her back at Westar.Also i'm worried that maybe Pamela might jump into work before dealing with been raped and losing the baby.As for Justin and Pamela, they may need to lay down some rules.For example Pamela promises not to talk about her work at home and that way Justin won't be caught in the middle between Pamela and his family in regards to business.

    • #101

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 15 September 2020 06:28)

      I have no doubt that Lila made Jill feel sorry but Jill could have offered to help Lila without joining her in the lawsuit.For example Jill could have offered to testify for Lila or she could have offered to talk to John Ross and Justin on Lila's behalf regarding her inheritance.Also wouldn't you agree that Lila might have had a point in that might have been sexist for John Ross, Justin and James who are men got their inheritance while Jill who has been legally recognized as JR's daughter for many years hasn't gotten an inheritance?As Lila, maybe she could start a Public Relations/Advertising sort of business because i'm sure there are a lot of people in Dallas who might need adverising and/or public relations help.

    • #102

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 15 September 2020 06:36)

      Regarding Bobby, i do wonder after having a heart attack and almost dying if he might check his will to make sure all his loved ones are taken care of should he die and maybe even make changes his will because since he drew up his will certain things might have changed in regards his family.For example Bobby may want to make sure trusts are set up for all his grandchildren or whatever.Plus Bobby's will could create conflict with other characters.

    • #103

      Derek Matheww (Wednesday, 16 September 2020 14:31)

      Yeah I know Lila made Jill feel for her, but the fact is neither Jill or Lila handled the whole thing about the inheritance very well. Yes it might have been sexist but look at this way, that inheritance was set up for James and John Ross the minute they were born. Same with Justin, and he was born on the original show because Cally. Just resurfaced in Johns episodes. NOBODY and I do mean NOBODY had any knowledgement of Lila. Didn’t even know she existed. Do you know what that means? It’s like she just popped out of nowhere. Jill don’t really need that inheritance. She comes from money. Kimberly Cryder is her even in jail and she’s a millionaire. But she has stated she just wants to be accepted as JR daughter. She is. Why she joined forces with Lila is beyond me. Her reasoning really doesn’t make sense at the end of the day. Personally I don’t think Lila deserves a dime because she has came in making demands, causing all this damn trouble! She’s a troublemaker period. Now maybe Lila can do advertising/public relations sort of business, and everything. Yes there are plenty of people in Dallas that can do that. It’s a big city though, and everything.

    • #104

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 16 September 2020 14:51)

      There is always conflict within the Ewings plus Bobby could die at any point now. So yes changes will be made as Bobby is basically retired at the end of the day, and everything. A lot of changes will be made within everything.

    • #105

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 16 September 2020 17:50)

      Regarding Jill, yeah she probably has enough money of her own to last the rest of her life and thus she doesn't need anymore money.However Jill might have wanted an inheritance from JR as a symbol of sorts that she was treated the same way as John Ross, James and Justin.As for Jill, i'm wondering if she might come back to Dallas to support John Ross during this situation with Alex and fences are mended between them.As for Lila, she could be good in advertising/public relations because she may know how to spin something and make someone look good in the public eye.Plus depending on who might hire Lila to do public relations for him or her that could create conflict.For example since Brad has been named the head of the ORC he might need a public relations agent to help him and he might also want to hurt the Ewings in the process.So him b\hiring John Ross's half sister Lila to work for him could create problems.

    • #106

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 16 September 2020 17:55)

      Regarding Bobby. considering he owns part of Ewing Oil and one half of Southfork i think and probably lots of other things too it could be interesting to see who he decides gets what in his will.Plus he may not mean to but Bobby could end up hurting someone he cares about depending in what he puts in his will.

    • #107

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 18 September 2020 14:52)

      Why does Jill even need an inheritance? To make her an equal to John Ross, Justin, and James? She has stated on several occassions, even told her husband that she doesn't NEED the inheritance LOL. She's actually done really well WITHOUT one LOL. She's not crying like Lila is ohhh I need an inheritance like my male brothers do at the end of the day. I need one to be respected and acknowledged in the family. Jill is not doing that at all. Lila is the one trying to seek validation from somebody who doesn't like her. It's just going to take more time with John Ross that's all. It would be nice to see her show up in Dallas, and fences can be mended between them. That would be perfect. I like that answer. If Lila wants to be a EWING, the LAST thing in the world she would want to do is become a public relations agent for Brad Barnes, that is the ABSOULETE LAST thing she would want to do, and NOT only that, stupid thing. I don't care how much John Ross pisses you off, says to you, or anything else, you do something like that, and people are going to start to look at you like you are crazy, or you have lost your mind. But that's something I would expect Lila the troublemaker to do, do something like that. But she has to be smart. You want to be a Ewing, you want to be respected and valued in the family, be yourself, work hard, and BE SMART. Don't align yourself with somebody like Brad Barnes because we both know the only reason he would do that is to stick it to the Ewing family. Especially with all the trouble that he has caused the Ewing family, specifically what he has done to John Ross and Krystina's marriage specifically.

    • #108

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 18 September 2020 15:27)

      Yes, since Bobby does own half of Southfork, and own half of Ewing Oil, so he has some tough decesions to be made. And of course somebody is going to be hurt by the decesions he makes.

    • #109

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 18 September 2020 15:49)

      Well Lila could think been hired by Brad to be his public relations agent could sort of help her with the other Ewings because she could act like a spy.Plus since Brad may know that Lila is at odds with the John Ross and the other Ewings he might not think she's spying on him for them and so he might reveal something to her that he shouldn't.However since Justin may not be at odds with Lila like John Ross maybe he hires her to work at Ewing Records and at least that way he can keep an eye on her to make sure she's not doing something else to hurt him or John Ross.Plus John Ross may not really care if Justin hires Lila to work at Ewing Records or if Justin wants to have some kind of sibling relationship with Lila because he may have more important things to deal with than worrying what Lila is up to.

    • #110

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 18 September 2020 15:57)

      Since Bobby probably knows that John Ross will probably inherit Sue Ellen's shares of Ewing Oil when she dies he may want to make sure whoever he gives his shares to Ewing Oil to can handle John Ross as a partner or whatever.However if and when Bobby makes changes to his will and when he decides who gets what in his will i think he will tell his loved ones and that way they won't be surprised when the will is read when he dies.

    • #111

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 18 September 2020 16:27)

      Regarding John Ross, i'm wondering if because he'll be so focused on finding Alex and making sure Alex is okay once he's rescued which is the thing he should be focused on he might take his eye off on other things like business.For example Bobby and Sue Ellen i think still don't know about the deal John Ross made with ColbyCo and if and when they do find out John Ross may want to make sure it happens at a time he wants it to happen.Plus it would be be an ironic and cruel twist if the situation with Alex brings the Ewings together as a family only to have them ripped apart by the secrets John Ross is keeping in regards to the deal between Ewing Oil and ColbyCo and his affair with Samantha

    • #112

      Derek Mathews (Saturday, 19 September 2020 11:04)

      Yes, I would expect John Ross to take a break from business until he can get his son back because between the two, his son is more important. Bobby and Sue Ellen don't know about the deal John Ross made with Coblyco, and personally I don't believe they ever will. John stopped talking about that stuff long ago so I don't see how it ever comes up unless he writes about it. Second, yes it would be an cruel and ironic twist if the the situation with Alex brings the Ewings together, but it's ripped apart with the secrets John Ross is keeping. But to me, they will never find out about EITHER. Shawn says he knows about John Ross affair with Samantha, but again who is going to take the word of a fugitive who has done as much as he has. Attempted murder, the rape of Pamela causing her to lose her baby, three accounts of kidnapping, and the murder of a cops nephew. That affair is NEVER coming out of light because Samantha has her own troubles dealing with the fact that her mother Melissa Chambers isn't even her real mother, Holly Hardwood is. Brandon Lee is her twin brother, and she almost slept with him. Brandon and Samantha have same father, Paul Chambers. That's alot on one's plate, the LAST THING that Samantha is going to be thinking about is exposing John Ross as a cheater. So it's not happening. Plus we got too many other storylines to think about, like is Emma getting out of jail? What happens if she wants to see her child? What about the new relationships with Christopher and Lucia and Courtney and Joseph? Where is Courtney and Jacob going to live? What else? What's going to happen to Dylan? How are Connor and Ashley going to detail with their ultimate beytral? Dylan trusted BOTH of them, and they betrayed them. If he relapes, that's on them. What is Jasmine going to do about this situation? What about Cory and Daniel dating, and Cory's own secrets about being gay, losing his college scholarship, and his relationship with Daniel. I am he's lying to his parents about being in college when he's not. And what about the Shawn/Alex situation? How is that going to turn out? Are Alex and Bridget going to get married? Is Alex's mother going to return to Dallas for god? See all these storylines for Season 10. Honestly, those are OLD storylines. Nobody is ever going to find out about either, and even if Christopher knows about the Colby Co deal, he's got more than enough trouble on his plate. The last thing Christopher is going to be doing is worrying about John Ross and what he's doing. What about Pamela being CEO? When is she going to start? Is she going to get therapy for her rape. There are plenty of other storylines to worry about than John Ross Colbyco deal and his affair with Samantha. Neither are going to come to the light unless John writes about them. Like is Miguel going to be ok? Is he going to survive because he's lucky to be alive. He could have died of a heat stroke. How are her children going to feel about her new relationship with Christopher? There is a ton of new storylines to think about, not think about about old ones from the previous season.

    • #113

      Derek Mathews (Saturday, 19 September 2020 11:48)

      Of course John Ross will inherit Sue Ellen shares, who else would it be? That means that Christopher will more than likely inherit Bobby's. I mean Christopher can handle John Ross, and honestly I figured that one day these two would be working together. I mean John Ross and Christopher's relationship mirrors that of their fathers. JR and Bobby's relationship was exactly like John Ross and Bobby's. And Christopher and John Ross have issues with each other mostly because they have dated and slept with the same women. Elena, Pamela, Amanda. Then Christopher has issues with the way John Ross does things while John Ross has issues with the fact that Christopher comes off self-righteous, and acts like he is perfect all the time. Well Bobby has alot of decesions to make, John Ross has some to make as well, and so does Christopher. Alot of change to come at the end of the day for the Ewing family.

    • #114

      Derek Mathews (Saturday, 19 September 2020 12:36)

      Andrew Hass, Brad is a Barnes. Lila is a Ewing. If she wants to be respected and all that good stuff LOL, Brad is a troublemaker just like Lila. They both have caused trouble for the Ewing family so far, and if Lila wants to be a Ewing, stop CAUSING trouble, and don't get involved with people who want to USE you, and your family. Trust me, that's all Brad wants to do. Use Lila, and use her to hurt the Ewing family. At the rate Brad is going, he's going to end up six feet into the ground just like his dumb father. Brad is dumb too. He got involved with a guy who raped his sister for god sake, caused her a miscarriage, and if he knew half the things that Shawn did to her, he would have never gotten involved with him in the first place. He needs to start listening to Pamela more, hell Afton more would help too. The feud between John Ross and Brad has kind of died down, and John Ross has left Brad alone. It would be WISE of Brad not to do anything to piss him off at this point. I think John Ross has left Brad alone because the guy lost his father, and even though he hates the man's guts, he can understand extactly what he is going through. Lila would be WISE not to get involved with Brad, but if you want, yes take a job with Justin at Ewing Records. No John Ross won't care either way as long as he knows Justin is doing him a favor by keeping her away from him so he can keep an eye on her, and keep her busy.

    • #115

      Andrew Hass (Saturday, 19 September 2020 14:07)

      Regarding the deal John Ross made with ColbyCo i think that will come out eventually because i think too many people may know about it.For example i think Krystina, Brad and Christopher may know about it.And yes no one will probably believe Shawn if he reveals John Ross's affair with Samantha but at the same time people could wonder why he came up with a lie like that that no one might believe.As for Christopher, even though he may know about John Ross making that deal with ColbyCo i could see him agreeing to keep quiet about it for now because of this situation with Alex.Also considering that Lucis has kids and because of the situation with Miguel i could see Christopher backing away from her for now romantically at least until Miguel is better and until Christopher has dealt with his marriage with Courtney.So for now Lucia's focus should be on her kids and Christopher's focus should be on resolving things with Courtney and been there for his family.

    • #116

      Andrew Hass (Saturday, 19 September 2020 14:17)

      I wonder if Bobby and Sue Ellen will talk about who they each will decide will inherit their shares of Ewing Oil.Of course Bobby's shares of Ewing Oil will probably go to Christopher and Sue Ellen's shares will probably go to John Ross but the last thing they may want to do is to pit Christopher and John Ross against each other regarding who's in charge at Ewing Oil.However considering that Ewing Oil probably has a lot of different areas of business besides oil maybe John Ross and Christopher could agree to split the company in a way and each of them will run their half.

    • #117

      Andrew Hass (Saturday, 19 September 2020 14:32)

      I don't think it's fair to blame Brad for getting involved in business with Shawn because he didn't know that Shawn was going to rape Pamela or cause her to miscarry.Plus i don't think Pamela deserved to be raped by Shawn but she wasn't exactly innocent because she did willingly sleep with Shawn in the past and gave into his blackmail.So if Pamela hadn't given to Shawn's blackmail and told Justin about her sleeping with Shawn right away maybe things would not have happened they did.As for John Ross and Brad, yes the feud between them might have died down but are you saying John Ross is happy about Brad been the head of the ORC?However maybe John Ross is waiting to see how Brad handles been the head of the ORC and if he uses his position to go after Ewing Oil and if Brad behaves himself maybe John Ross won't try to find a way to get Brad off the ORC.Plus with Justin's focus on been there for Pamela after she was raped and her losing the baby and Justin may also want to be there for John Ross during this situation with Alex i could see Justin hiring someone to run the day to day operations of Ewing Records in his absence.So maybe Justin decides to let Lila run Ewing Records because he may want to give her a fair chance to prove herself.

    • #118

      Parker Bena (Sunday, 20 September 2020 00:53)

      Brad Barnes isn't going to be on the ORC much longer. There's still the little matter of that Colbyco/Iran mess. His and Adam Carrington's asses are going to Federal prison. I think the Federal Supermax in Florence, Colorado would be a great place for them.

    • #119

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 20 September 2020 10:50)

      Oh but I do think it's fair to blame Brad for getting involved with Shawn because just like his dumb late father, he never thinks, or rehearses things before he does them. And let's just break down Shawn and Pamela's little tryst, Pamela may have slept with Shawn, but you forget, forget, forget, forget, and forget that she was at a very vulnerable time. Justin at the time was on trail for murder, for killing Tripp McKay, and Michelle Stevens had framed him. He pretty much told her to move on with her life. Jeremy Wendell at the time was putting pressure on Shawn to get them shares from Pamela and her children, and that's exactly what he did. Pamela was not in her right frame of mind when she did that. The fact is we all have done stupid things when we weren't in the right of the frame of mind. My point is if Brad had known what Shawn did to his sister and his nephew, he would have NEVER joined forces with him. But I'm willing to bet he will find out sometime next season about the kind of person Shawn really was, and he will look like an idiot for joining forces with him. But Pamela being vulnerable is the only reason Shawn was able to blackmail Pamela because if she was in her right mind, no way does Shawn do that. I'm not a Pamela fan anymore, but she is older, and more experienced, and she is ruthless, and sharp as a tact. No way would Shawn have taken advantadge of her like that. Shawn just caught her at right time. The fact is John Ross might not HAVE to get Brad off the ORC at ALL. Brad just might end up getting himself fired, did you EVER stop to think about that? And I knew Brad was going to use this job to go after Ewing Oil, and get his revenge for all the stuff that has went down between the famalies. But trust me, with Shawn he was able to get away with that. But he won't with Pamela as the CEO because if Brad is not careful, Pamela has the power to fire him, and then who is Brad going to blame LOL? He will have nobody to blame but his stupid self. She is not going to tolerate Brad doing that nonsense, like using his job to get revenge on the Ewings, and she knows that's what he is going to do. Honestly with everything that is going on with Alex, I doubt that John Ross even goes after Brad. Brad is Cliff Barnes son. His father was not a smart man, and while I think Brad is smarter than his father, he still has his genes. Which means at one point or another, Brad will screw it up for himself. Cliff Barnes made a habit of doing that on many occassions, in business, in his relationships with women, with his children too. And in his feud with the Ewings. I could see Justin hiring somebody to run Ewing Records. Like I said, I think Lila could do that. That could be something for her so she can keep herself busy and out of trouble. And I would hope that John Ross and Justin mend fences during that time as well.

    • #120

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 20 September 2020 11:39)

      Well the only way it's going to happen is if they do extactly that. Then eventually split things in half so John Ross and Christopher can each run their half. Because Sue Ellen and Bobby don't want to pit John Ross and Christopher against each other like Bobby did with JR all those years, and they were fighting over for control of Ewing Oil. They definitely don't need that at the end of the day, and everything all OVER again, especially since John Ross and Christopher's relationship mirrors JR and Bobby's relationship. But yes, there is more to an oil business than just oil, and so on.

    • #121

      Parker Bena (Sunday, 20 September 2020 11:43)

      @Andrew Hass It doesn't when or even if knowledge of the Colbyco deal comes out because when it does, Brad and Adam's asses are GOING.....TO.....PRISON!

    • #122

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 20 September 2020 12:05)

      The only people that know about the deal are Christopher, and Krystina. That's it. Brad doesn't know a good damn thing I don't believe. For just once, I hope Christopher does the right thing, and keep his mouth shut. Stop being such a tattle tale. And since John Ross is going through his situation right now, Christopher would be wise to keep his mouth shut anyway. Nobody else knows, and the only reason it may come is if John writes about it. And right now, I don't know. There are honestly too many NEW storylines to talk about rather than deal with old storylines like that one. And even if they think about that lie, Shawn is god knows where so they might think about it, then forget about it at the end of the day. Again, consider the source. A guy who is a rapist, attempted murderer, murderer, and kidnapper. No way Jose. The only way people find out is if John Ross tells on himself, and I doubt that happens. You are kidding me right? You expect Christopher and Courtney to resolve things after they have cheated on each other? Christopher is cheating emotionally, Courtney is treating physically. You are a funny guy Andrew LOL. Christopher and Courtney's marriage is done. Courtney is threatened by Lucia, and compared to her she looks like a below average chick. Lucia looks like a supermodel so I give it up to Nicholas, he was a scumbag, but he had excellent taste in women. Well that needs to happen so yes until Christopher is divorced, and until Miguel is better, they probably don't need to be with each other romantically. Same for Courtney, if she wants to be with Joseph, he needs to wait till she gets divorced. So she can go to a hotel just not the one Joseph is at. There's alot of decesions to make for everybody involved.

    • #123

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 20 September 2020 12:48)

      Regarding Shawn, yes he took advantage of Pamela when she was vulnerable and if Justin hadn't been in prison she never would have slept with Shawn but Pamela had a choice between giving into Shawn's blackmail or confessing to Justin and she chose giving into Shawn.As for Brad been the head of the ORC, maybe John Ross figures Brad will screw up on his own eventually somehow and then John Ross can rightfully claim he nothing to do with Brad's downfall.

    • #124

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 20 September 2020 13:21)

      I do think Christopher will tell John Ross that he'll keep quiet about the deal with ColbyCo but he might also say he won't lie if he's asked about it by Bobby and Sue Ellen.As for Christopher and Courtney, what i meant about them resolving things between them is them talking about how they want to end their marriage and how may want Jacob because they want to tell him together and assure him that them getting a divorce isn't his fault.Also i think both Christopher and Courtney each may need time before they jump into a new relationship fully with Lucia and Joseph respectively.Also i think Courtney and Joseph may need to have a talk about where things may go for them because my guess is Courtney may want to stay in Dallas and not uproot Jacob too much and since i think Joseph lives in California they may have to figure out how to have a long distance relationship.

    • #125

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 20 September 2020 13:36)

      If and when Bobby makes up his will and he decides who gets his half of Ewing Oil he may want an audit of the company to find out how much his half is really worth and if there's an audit of the company and review of any deals Ewing Oil might be involved in that could open up a can of worms.Also i don't know much about the law but if Adam Carrington for doing business with Iran wouldn't the federal government shut ColbyCo down and if they did that wouldn't also affect any other company that ColbyCo has deal with or whatever?I'm not saying the federal government would go after Ewing Oil just because they're in business with ColbyCo but it could still create bad press for Ewing Oil in that they were had business ties to a company that was doing business with Iran.so if and when Adam is arrested John Ross may need to take action and reveal the deal between Ewing Oil and ColbyCo to Bobby and Sue Ellen as soon as he could before they find out some other way.Also between Adam and Brad, i think the federal government may rather have Adam than Brad and so i could see them offering Brad a deal in which he turns on AdamOf course Brad will probably have to resign from the ORC as a result but it might be better than going to prison.

    • #126

      Parker Bena (Sunday, 20 September 2020 19:15)

      @Andrew Hass YES! The government WOULD shut Colbyco down and, at least Adam OR Brad WILL go to prison, though I am rooting for BOTH of them to go. There could be a lot of bad publicity for Ewing Oil, but that's nothing compared to what Colbyco will face. Brad is DEFINITELY going to be resigning from the ORC. Alexis is pulling the marionette from behind the scenes, so, she could end up going to prison too, but she might get a deal from the government because of her age.

    • #127

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 21 September 2020 03:54)

      Well then Pamela sends to be more honest with Justin, and I wish she would. I just notice she has a history of lying to people. She did it in her marriages to Christopher, John Ross, and even Tripp McKay. I would hope she would have learned her lesson by now that lying and telling half-truths does not work. She needs to be honest with Justin, that way she can avoid certain situations. She just has to make better decesions, and honestly, I don't think John Ross will have to get Brad off the ORC LOL. Like I said, Brad is Cliff Barnes son. He will mess it up for himself eventually. Then when it happens, Brad doesn't have anybody to blame but himself, and everything. And if John Ross doesn't get him off the ORC, then he won't have him to blame or any of the other Ewings. So there you go.

    • #128

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 21 September 2020 04:49)

      Christopher just needs to keep his mouth shut period. Learn to lie sometimes for god sake. You don't ALWAYS have to do the right thing all the time. I'm so TIRED of Christopher acting like a self-righteous BOY SCOUT. That's why John Ross and him clash so much. Because Christopher is acting like that, and everything. LOL, how do you talk about the ending of your marriage, that is just so ODD to me. And I realize that NEITHER Courtney or Christopher are ready for dating UNTIL they get divorced, until they tell Jacob what's going on, till Lucia can make sure Miguel is ok. And by the way, Joseph has said that he will be in Dallas for a long period of time so you don't have to worry about him leaving for California. He wants to be a father to Jacob so that's a good thing, and everything. So you don't have to worry about the long distance relationship part.

    • #129

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 21 September 2020 05:13)

      I do wonder if John Ross is okay with Pamela been the CEO of Westar because he may know eventually there'll be a conflict of interest with her running Westar and her brother Brad been the head of the ORC.Then if there's a conflict of interest it could force Brad to step down as the head of the ORC.John Ross might be okay with Brad been on the ORC but not been the head of it.

    • #130

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 21 September 2020 05:29)

      Regarding Christopher, i don't think he should lie for John Ross.John Ross is the one who made the deal with ColbyCo and so he should be the only one who should suffer any consequences.Plus him making that deal with ColbyCo isn't the first time he's gone behind Bobby and Sue Ellen's back.He made that deal with Alexis regarding ColbyCo wells and then Alexis double-crossed him and i would think he would have learned his learned his lesson about dealing with ColbyCo.As for Christopher and Courtney, even though they'll going to end their marriage they may want to do it as amicable as they can and not make it ugly and that way they can part on good terms and maybe even stay friends.Plus maybe for now Christopher and Courtney agree to just separate and put off getting a divorce until Alex is found and things are less chaotic.They will know their marriage is over but that doesn't mean they have to rush into getting a divorce or rush into new relationships.As for Joseph, as of now he's planning to stay in Dallas log term but that could always change because something could happen that could force him to go back to California.

    • #131

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 21 September 2020 07:01)

      @Parker Bena I think for the federal government Adam might be the bigger fish for them and not Brad and so they might be willing to let Brad off easy if it meant it getting Adam.As for Alexis, i wouldn't be surprised if it turns out that she knows Adam is doing business with Iran and has a plan in place if Adam is caught.For example Alexis is already working behind the scenes to strike a deal with the federal government to save herself and she might also be hiding her assets in secret accounts in case the federal government seizes ColbyCo.

    • #132

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 21 September 2020 11:29)

      That's alot of confusion going on right now. Bobby has decesions to make though. And I honestly do think Brad and Adam get in trouble. Like I said, the only way they find out about the Colbyco deal is if he tells them, and everything. When I say he John Ross, and that's if Ewing Oil gets bad press. But that's only if it gets bad enough. I honestly think that it won't even come out at the end of the day. We have too many new storylines for Season 10 to worry about at the end of the day, and everything.

    • #133

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 21 September 2020 11:52)

      I really doubt John Ross is going to care about Pamela being CEO of Westar and her brother being the head of the ORC. He has to know, and he probably knows that Brad won't be able to get away with nothing on her watch. That using your job to settle personal vendettas too. The fact is she may be his sister, but she is technically a Ewing because she is Justin Ewing's wife. And maybe the feud between Westar and Ewing Oil can finally end. And as far as getting deals, things can be done fairly instead of underhanded, and everything. Pamela is not going to play favorites here.

    • #134

      Derek Mathews (Monday, 21 September 2020 12:17)

      Why not? It's not like Bobby will think any less of Christopher. Christopher can do no wrong in Bobby's eyes, and everything. And you just HAD to bring that up with John Ross going into business with Colby Co once before? The only reason he did that is because Bobby, Sue Ellen, and Christopher treat him like an errand boy. They treat him like the blacksheep of the family, and everything. Nobody wants to deal with that at the end of the day, and everything. I highly doubt Christopher and Courtney can be friends after the way this marriage has deterioated. I don't see him going back to California anytime soon.

    • #135

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 21 September 2020 12:47)

      I think Pamela may need to be careful in how she handles Brad because she may not want to be accused of trying to influence him in some way.So just like Pamela and Justin could agree to separate her job from their marriage and family maybe Pamela and Brad could agree to separate their jobs from sibling relationship.For example Pamela could agree that she won't agree Westar business while Brad is around and brad agrees not to discuss ORC business while Pamela's around.As for the Ewing Oil and Westar, maybe the Ewings and Pamela could agree that if they compete against each other in a deal or whatever let the best company win and they'll shake hands at the end.

    • #136

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 21 September 2020 13:16)

      Well did John Ross doing business with ColbyCo in the past work out for him?I have no problem with John Ross wanting to making business deals with ColbyCo or any other company for that matter but maybe he should make sure it won't come back to bite him later.Plus last time i checked Bobby and Sue Ellen are the owners and heads of Ewing Oil.So if god forbid the deal with ColbyCo goes wrong somehowand Ewing Oil's reputation takes a hit they'll get the blame and it may not look good for them either if it comes out that they didn't even know about the deal.As for Christopher and Courtney, even if they don't remain friends they could agree to be cordial to each other when they run into each other.As for Courtney and Joseph, maybe they need to draw some custody papers regardsing Jacob because then if their relationship doesn't work out Joseph's rights towards Jacob will be in writing and protected.Also since Joseph will be staying Dallas long term maybe he needs to find something to do with himself besides spending time Courtney and Jacob.For example maybe Jospeh should find a business to run and maybe he and Courtney could find a business to run together.

    • #137

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 21 September 2020 13:37)

      Yeah Bobby has a lot of decisions to make his will and who inherits what and some of those decisions might be hard for him to make because he may know someone he cares about could be hurt by his decisions.However Bobby may know he has to do what he thinks is best regarding his will and not try to make someone happy or whatever.Also if and when Adam is arrested he might reveal that ColbyCo is in business with Ewing Oil if only to cause trouble because Adam will nothing to lose by doing it.Also you might be right that the deal between Ewing Oil and ColbyCo won't come out at least in the upcoming season but that doesn't mean it won't ever come out.Plus as you pointed there's a lot of things happening in the upcoming season and so maybe John Walden will have the deal between Ewing Oil and ColbyCo come out when it will have the most impact and when things are not so crowded story-wise.

    • #138

      Timmy (Thursday, 24 September 2020 01:03)

      Justin I think is gonna be the key to this whole feud between the ewing Barnes and even weststar dying down a bit or ramping it up he reminds me of Bobby decent honest but when provoked he can be just as tough as John Ross and is more than willing to throw a punch he loves Pamela with everything he has if John Ross or brad did something to hurt her I'm not sure how he would react but hopefully brad sees Pamela is happy with Justin and John Ross sees Justin is happy with Pamela and they can call a truce but Dallas being Dallas I doubt it Wendell is a interesting 1 pushing Pamela as CEO of weststar see how that plays out can't wait till next season

    • #139

      Andrew Hass (Thursday, 24 September 2020 14:20)

      @Timmy I also think Justin might be the key to keep the feud between the Ewings and Barnes from heating up again and when Ewing Oil and Westar compete against each other in regards to deals or whatever keep it business between the two companies and not make it personal.I could also see Justin warning John Ross not to use Pamela been CEO of Westar as a way to try to get Brad off the ORC and warn him that if he has to choose he'll choose Pamela and their family unit over the rest of the Ewings.As for Wendell, i do think he has an ulterior motive for wanting Pamela to be CEO of Westar.So if i was Pamela i would check all of Westar's deals or whatever to make sure there's nothing that come back to bite her later.

    • #140

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 27 September 2020 14:21)

      Pamela is not a dummy. I'm not a Pamela fan but out of all of Cliff Barnes children, I can say without doubt she is the smartest and sharpest one. Emma to me is just plain stupid, and Brad is just like Cliff. He lets his emotions get involved and takes things way too personally. Because look what he's doing as head of the ORC, he's using his job to settle his personal vendetta with the Ewings, and Pamela is just way PAST that. They ABSOULETELY do need to seperate them being brother and sister, and Pamela being Justin's wife when she is at work. When are at work, it's all business. Outside of work, then you can go back to your normal lives. So that makes sense. And if Ewing Oil and Westar compete in deals, then that's the way I want it. May the best company win, that's all. That's all I want. And Brad has to stop all that scheming. I think John Ross is done trying to scheme with Brad. I mean he has other things to worry about. Like finding his son, talking to him about his engagement with Bridget, disposing of Shawn once and for all. Possibly getting Charlie to relocate back to Dallas and so on. He's not worried about no bad right now. He's not worried about Pamela either.

    • #141

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 27 September 2020 14:39)

      Well no it didn't. But there is a reason why it says Ewing Oil, that means that EVERYBODY has a share of Ewing Oil in the company. I get Sue Ellen and Bobby are the owners of Ewing Oil, and if it backfires it won't look bad because they never knew about it, and everything. I understand Courtney and Christopher being cordial to each other, but Joseph doesn't need that in writing. Custody papers are for CUSTODY hearings. Joseph whether or not his relationship with Courtney works out, he knows he's the father. That's all he needs to know. Courtney is NOT going to keep Jacob from Joseph. She's alot of things, but she's not one of those women who keeps their child from their father. She's a good mother, she is just not a good wife that's all. Joseph will find something, maybe a business with Courtney is not the best idea at the end of the day, and everything.

    • #142

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 27 September 2020 14:50)

      Yes Bobby has alot of decesions to make, yes some people will be hurt by his decesions, but I hope Bobby let's him or her know he did this not to hurt him or her, or them, but because he just wants to be responsibility. It's nothing personal at the end of the day, and wills shouldn't be personal. It's going to be bad if Adam is arrested because I know that he is spilling his guts, hes going to throw everybody under the bus to save his own skin at the end of the day.

    • #143

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 27 September 2020 15:20)

      Well Timmy you may have a point because even after all this team, Justin has those shares. Justin is alot like Bobby, decent, but they both have the Ewing temper, and both have done their fair share of dirt. You are right, they both can be as tough as John Ross. That's for sure, and I doubt that John Ross or Brad would do anything to hurt Pamela. Pamela is not John Ross favorite person because he knows her, and has a history with her, but Justin is his brother and he just wants him to be happy. If he is happy with Pamela, that's all John Ross cares about. With that in mind, he will at least remain cordial to Pamela. As for Brad, I think John Ross just might want to leave Brad alone instead of call a truce with him.

    • #144

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 30 September 2020 12:29)

      Regarding Pamela, yes she has made mistakes in the past but i think she's learned from then unlike Emma and Brad and she may know the Ewing and Barnes feud has done nothing but caused pain for people.Plus even though i'm sure she's going to run Westar the best she can and make it the best company she can maybe she's hoping she can keep things between Ewing Oil and Westar just business and not make it personal.As for Brad, been the head of the ORC in a way gives him what he's always wanted which is power and respect and if he wants to honor his father's name and make the Barnes name mean something maybe he should just be the best head head of the ORC he can and not go after the Ewings.However if Brad leaves the Ewings alone then they should leave him alone and not try to get him off the ORC unless he does something that warrants him getting removed.As for John Ross, yeah he might have more important things to deal with at this moment than Brad and i do wonder if this situation causes John Ross to reevaluate his life a little and he focuses on the things that really matter to him.

    • #145

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 30 September 2020 12:41)

      If and when the deal between Ewing Oil and ColbyCo backfires somehow it could look bad that Bobby and Sue Ellen who are supposed to be the heads of Ewing Oil and should know about every deal that the company is involved in didn't even know about it.As for Joseph and Courtney, maybe they don't need custody papers but maybe they need some papers that legally names Joseph as Jacob's father just in case something happens where Joseph may need to make a decision regarding Jacob medically or something.For example lets say Jacob gets hurt somehow and the hospital needs permission to do something and Joseph may not have the legal authority to ok something.Also i do think Joseph and Courtney shouldn't go into business together because that could complicate things between

    • #146

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 30 September 2020)

      As for Bobby and his will, i would hope Bobby learned from what happened as a result of Jock's will where Jock pitted Bobby and JR against each other for control of Ewing Oil and that just ended up causing pain for everyone.So regarding his shares of Ewing Oil, i'm wondering if he will just give them one person like Christopher and he'll give Lucas his ownership of any real estate he might own.As for his half of Southfork maybe Bobby might give that to both Christopher and Lucas to share equally.

    • #147

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 01 October 2020 15:16)

      I think she already knows the Ewing-Barnes feud has caused nothing but pain. I mean look at her family. Her dad is dead for god sake, her great aunt Pam is dead, her grandfather Digger Barnes is dead, I think her her grandfather is dead. I mean that's more than enough to say that the rivalry between the Ewings and Barnes has contributed nothing but pain. And she has been a part of the feud herself but she's not about that life anymore, and as crazy as it sounds, I'm proud of her for that. I think with her at Westar, an ACTUAL Ewing, the rivalry between Westar and Ewing Oil won't be as bitter as it once was. And on the Ewings side, JR Ewing is dead so both sides are feeling back. Jock Ewing, and Miss Ellie Southworth Ewing are dead too. I mean, like I said she is alot more sharper than Emma and Brad put together. As for that, congrats Brad, you finally got power and respect, but do youself a favor, LEAVE THE EWINGS ALONE! LEAVE KRYSTINA CARRINGTON-EWING alone. The woman don't want you. Leave all the Ewings alone, and John Ross won't come after you. Leave Ewing Oil alone too. That's the smart thing to do here, but if you dont, then John Ross is going to come after you with a veageance. He's been really easy on you lately because you lost your father, and he kind of understands how you feel because John Ross has lost his. I mean he still hates your guts, but he's left you alone. Dont make him regret you did that. Of course Alex's situation will cause him to do that because at the end of the day, John Ross loves his family, all of his family members. He might not always get along with them but he loves them. He loves his children too, and he loves his wife very much.

    • #148

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 01 October 2020 15:30)

      Well that's why Bobby needs to make better decesions regarding his will. You don't want family members fighting on everything at the end of the day, and everything. That causes pain, and everything. That's probably what he will end up doing. Give Christopher his shares at Ewing Oil, and Lucas shares to Southfork. I could see Christopher and Lucas sharing Southfork at the end of the day, and everything.

    • #149

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 01 October 2020 15:54)

      Well I just don't believe it will ever come out because there are going to be new storylines to worry about, NOT old ones like that ColbyCo deal at the end of the day. And I suppose paperwork needs to be drawn up just in case Jacob does get hurt at the end of the day, and everything. Joseph and Courtney being together are already complicating things because they also have a child together. No way they should do business together at the end of the day, and everything.

    • #150

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020)

      Regarding Pamela, i think she wants peace between the Ewings and Barnes or at least as much peace as possible.Also Pamela may want peace between Ewing Oil and Westar and just keep it business between the 2 companies that may not be possible as Jeremy Wendell is in the picture because i'm sure he still wants to destroy Ewing Oil.Plus since Wendell was the one who appointed Pamela as CEO of Westar i'm sure could easily remove her.As for Brad, maybe the best revenge he can get on the Ewings is to be the best head of the ORC he can and not use his position to go after the Ewings.As John Ross and Brad, right now i think they sort of have a truce between them.So as long as Brad doesn't go after the Ewings maybe John Ross wil leave him along and maybe Brad been on the ORC is a good thing in a way because John Ross can keep an eye on Brad and know what he's up to.Also like we talked about in regarding to John Ross arranging for Charlie to get a job in Dallas in order to keep her around maybe it could be Krystina and not John Ross who somehow finds a way to keep Charlie in Dallas because as a mother herself Krystina may know Charlie should be there for Alex and not be thousand miles away from him.

    • #151

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 06:21)

      Regarding Bobby, i'm sure he has other business interests beside Ewing Oil in terms of real estate and other things.So he could give his share of Ewing Oil to Christopher and all of his other business holdings to Lucas and that way everyone could be happy and Christopher and Lucas won't be in competition with each other.As for his half of Southfork, he can give that to both Christopher and Lucas to share equally.Also i'm sure Bobby will make sure Ann is taken care of in his will but i'm sure he knows she doesn't need Ewing Oil.

    • #152

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 06:33)

      I still think the deal between Ewing Oil and ColbyCo will come out eventually but maybe not for awhile and maybe not until it can have the biggest impact on things but lets agree to disagree about that.As for Joseph, maybe he could help Courtney find a business to run like Bobby did with Pam when he bought her that gym or like Bobby did with Jenna when he bought her that boutique but Joseph just gives Courtney money to buy the business or whatever but that's the most he'll do.Plus now that he and Courtney are together maybe Joseph may want to introduce Jacob to his family in California and maybe even take Jacob to California for a visit.Plus i can't remember but since it came out that Joseph and not Chase is Jacob's father have Courtney and Chase really talked in regards to her letting him think he was Jacob's father?If not maybe Courtney needs to talk to Chase and clear things between them and maybe she even needs to apologize for letting him believe he was Jacob's father when she knew he wasn't.

    • #153

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 09:14)

      Regarding Dylan, even though he has fallen off the wagon i think he learned about drinking and driving after almost killing Alex and Bridget while driving drunk.So i'm wondering if Dylan just walks somewhere to sleep off his hangover or he calls someone to pick him up.For example he calls his brother Todd or cousin Jay to pick him up.Also regarding Pamela and Justin, i'm wondering if they decide to move into Justin's house because Pamela's apartment may have too many memories now because that's where Shawn raped Pamela.Plus moving into Justin's ranch could be good for the kids because it could give them more space to play or whatever.

    • #154

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 02 October 2020 12:08)

      I hope that Dylan just sleeps off his hangover, and doesn't do anything stupid. Man, I really feel bad for Dylan right now, and I'm sorry but Connor and Ashley are just downright TERRIBLE people that deserve each other. You two are going to get some SERIOUS karma come your way. Connor, you acting like an ass to your own brother. You snaked your own brother's girlfriend. Jasmine is not my favorite person, but you hurt her, and you have both hurt Dylan and Jasmine too. Ashley, I'm really surprised at you because I thought Dylan and you would be good for each other, and he's been good to you. Your late father would be super dissapointed in you. Your brothers and your mother would be too, and I KNOW Donna and Ray will too. You too Connor. You having an affair with your boyfriend's brother? That's messed up because siblings have such an emotional attachment to each other. Shawn might have been right about you all along, and that's the fucked up part. But yes, after he sleeps his hangover off, I hope Dylan calls somebody. Ray, Donna, Justin, Lucas, Jay, somebody to come pick him up, maybe even Sue Ellen. They just might move into Justin's house because there are too many bad memories there. Tripp and Justin arguing, Pamela and Tripp arguing, Shawn raping Pamela, Pamela sleeping with Shawn; Yeah way too many bad memories. And yes it would be good for those kids to be at that house. It definitely might be too small at Pamela's apartment.

    • #155

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 02 October 2020 12:33)

      Of course Pamela wants peace between the Barnes and Ewings. And honestly that feud has kinda died down since Shawn came into the picture. I mean look at all the people that used to be involved in that feud. JR Ewing is dead, Cliff Barnes is dead. Katherine Wentworth is in jail, Michelle Stevens in jail, Tripp McKay and Carter McKay are dead because the Ewings had battles with the McKays too. All these people that were involved in this feud or in other feuds ware either in jail or dead. Yes I absouletely do believe that Pamela wants as much peace as possible. She doesn't want any feuding between the companies and honestly I don't think there is going to be as much. The only reason it might be that way is because of Jeremy Wendell. Jeremy Wendell didn't get to be this alpha male without being smart, and I have a hard time believing that Wendell would even get rid of her. She's more experienced than Shawn, and she's been married to guys that have been in the oil business like Tripp McKay, John Ross, Christopher Ewing. Yes I have stated that SEVERAL times. I said it in my last post. You want to get the best revenge on the Ewings? Leave them alone. Be the best ORC that you can be. Again LEAVE the Ewings alone, forget about the revenge, about about it ALL cause if you don't, you will end up six feet in the ground like your father at an early age. Don't you your position to settle your personal vendetta. Listen to what Pamela is saying, and leave it all alone. Because the fact is, John Ross has been easy on you. Very easy. He's left you alone. Leave his wife alone. Leave Ewing Oil alone, don't even think about hurting any member of any Ewing family, and John Ross won't mess with you. Well between Krystina being the daughter of Krystal Carrington and Blake Carrington before marriage to John Ross, and now being his wife and mother of his kids, Krystina Emma Carrington-Ewing has a WEALTH of resources she can use. She is very powerful. She is very smart, creative, and she is very beautiful, and she's more ruthless than people think. I too want Krystina to be more than a mother, and everything. I want her to ACTUALLY have a career too. Please bring her back to Ewing Oil. I loved it when she was working there, and she's not stupid. She ran her father's company so she more than understands what the oil business is about, and she's very capable of being a career woman.

    • #156

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 13:13)

      In a weird way Shawn's actions might be a good thing because it could bring the Ewing and Barnes families together because now they have a common enemy in Shawn.As for Dylan, i don't think he would call Ray and Donna because he could be worried that Connor could answer the phone and Connor's voice might be the last thing he wants to hear right now.So i think Dylan will call either Todd or Jay for help.I also hope Dylan turns to Sue Ellen for help because she may understand about falling off the wagon and how to get back on the wagon.However because of this situation with Alex Sue Ellen may not be able there for Dylan right now.As for this whole mess with Dylan/Connor/Ashley, i think at the end of the day Ashley might be all alone because no matter what happens Dylan and Connor are brothers and that's a connection that can't be easily broken.I'm not saying Dylan will forgive Connor right away or that Connor may have to do major groveling or whatever to get Dylan to forgive him but i think eventually Dylan and Connor can repair their relationship.As for Pamela and Justin, i think they need a fresh start of sorts and moving to Justin's ranch and selling Pamela's apartment is a good start.Plus it could be interesting to see who might buy her apartment.

    • #157

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 13:26)

      Maybe the old Ewing and Barnes feud can finally die.However that doesn't mean there has to be total peace between the 2 families because that might be boring to see but maybe Ewings and Barnes could agree to coexist in Dallas.As for Pamela, as i have said before i think she may need to keep an eye on Wendell to make sure he's not doing anything behind her back at Westar to try to destroy Ewing Oil.As for Krystina, i'm sure she's happy been a mother and a wife but maybe she needs find something for her to do business-wise and i think John Ross would support her getting back into oil business or whatever as long as it makes her happy.However i don't know if Krystina may want to go back working at Ewing Oil because she may want to find a business that is hers that maybe she can build from scratch.Plus Krystina starting her own company or business could bring in other characters who might be in need of a job.

    • #158

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 02 October 2020 15:48)

      Well Bobby has to do what's best for his family, and no matter who he hurts, it's not personal. And I think Christopher and Lucas will each get half of Southfork and half of any shares of Ewing Oil, and anything else he has. And Ann has not always been the best wife, but unlike Pam, she never left Bobby. I don't know if people loved Pam or not, I think it's kind of 50-50 on that. Majority of people liked her, majority of people hated her. But the day that Bobby dies, BOY, the Ewings as a family will look very different. So the people that will need to lead this family are more than likely John Ross, and Krystina, along with Christopher. They are the ones that are going to have to do it. I mean because I know Sue Ellen is going to die too, and when that happens, John Ross will get everything she has, or maybe Caitlin and John Ross are going to split everything. But I think John Ross gets everything because I mean he is her son. Things are going to look very different when that day comes. Bobby, JR, Jock, and Miss Ellie Southworth Ewing dead. Those are big shoes to fill.

    • #159

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 02 October 2020 16:00)

      Maybe that happens, but I think Joseph helping Courtney with a business is exactly what she needs. Now that she is headed for divorce, she is going to NEED to prove that she can be an independent woman, and live beyond the Ewings resources now that you are on your life. I think she can do it she will just need Joseph's help to do it. I could see Joseph letting his family meet Courtney although Chase already does, and I agree, I do think she will need to give him a much needed apology for making him believe he was her childs father when he wasn't. She was very wrong for that. Yeah taking Jacob to California to meet his uncle and grandfather would be really nice, and it will give Chase and Joseph a chance to mend fences because I doubt that they have talked to each other since Joseph has been in Dallas, and I can tell Chase is still sore about the whole situation and everything. I read that in the Falcon Crest episode for sure.

    • #160

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 02 October 2020 16:16)

      Well, if Dylan forgives Connor, Connor has a TON of groveling and apologizing to do because that's just something a blood brother doeson't do. That's also something a blood sister should never do, and if you are a woman, the cheating is bad enough but with your boyfriend's brother is a HUGE mistake. That's just downright disrespectful, and wrong at the end of the day. And I doubt that Dylan ever will forgive Ashley for what she did. Of course she will be alone because she will feel that she messed up the best relationship she had to be with Dylan's brother Connor. It's ridiculous how that unfolded. She knows that with her actions that she might possibly destroyed Connor and Dylan's relationship as brothers forever. I mean, Dylan had no mom before that, and everything. But I could see him calling Jay or Todd. And yes in some weird way, the Ewings and Barnes might be able to co-exist because they have a common enemy and everything. But if they get along, then that's boring at the end of the day. Justin and Pamela need to eventually move into his house anyway, and everything.

    • #161

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 16:29)

      Yeah i agree that Bobby has to do what's best got himself and his family and if he ends up hurting someone in the process as you say it won't be personal.Bobby would just be doing what he thinks is best in regards to his will.As for Bobby splitting his Ewing Oil shares between Christopher and Lucas that may not work out too well because eventually they might disagree about something regarding Ewing Oil and that could affect their relationship.That last thing Bobby may want is for Christopher and Lucas to be like him and JR where they fought over Ewing Oil and how to run the company.So it might be better for everyone if Bobby gives his Ewing Oil shares to Christopher and he gives Lucas the rest of his business holdings.As for Sue Ellen, i think she give her shares of Ewing Oil to John Ross and maybe give her house and something else to Caitlin.However since she may know John Ross acts at times i could see Sue Ellen giving him her Ewing Oil shares in her will but maybe with conditions like for example John Ross can't try to manipulate Christopher out of the company if he inherits Bobby's shares.

    • #162

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 16:34)

      I agree that Joseph helping Courtney start a business might be a good thing but i could see Courtney offering to pay Joseph back in time because she may feel independent and not feel like she owes him.Plus now that she's with Joseph Courtney may want to clear things up with Chase because the last thing she may want is to be the reason Joseph and Chase are at odds with each other.So Courtney may need to talk to Chase and try to explain why she did what she did and that she didn't mean to hurt him by claiming he was Jacob's father.

    • #163

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 02 October 2020 16:44)

      I agree that Dylan will forgive Ashley but between Ashley and Connor i think Connor has the better chance of earning Dylan's forgiveness because they're brothers.However that doesn't mean that Connor and Dylan will have the same kind of brotherly relationship that they had before but they might have some kind of relationship.Also i think if Ashley had slept with anyone but Connor i think Dylan might have forgiven her in time but her sleeping with her brother might be unforgivable.Regarding Pamela and Justin, even though they are both happy about Pamela becoming CEO of Westar i don't know if that have really thought things through.There could be times where Pamela may have to put business before their marriage and family.For example maybe Pamela down the line is determined to close a deal but that means not spending time with Justin and the kids like she may have promised to do.

    • #164

      Andrew Hass (Saturday, 03 October 2020 14:18)

      Regarding Alex and Bridget. when and if they get married i don't know if they would want to live at Southfork because they may not may want to start their marriage living under the same roof as Alex's dad and family.They may want some freedom to be together as a newly married couple.However maybe they could move into the cabin on Southfork because that way they're still living on the ranch but there's some space then.Also i do wonder if once Alex is found John Ross, Charlie and others become overprotective of him which may nt be what he will need.Also when he's found i also hope Alex gets some therapy because he may need professional help in dealing with what happened to him and he may need someone to confide in that isn't his family or Bridget

    • #165

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 04 October 2020 01:48)

      The Ewings and Barnes might be able to co-exist now, and everything. But there will definitely be surprises that come out between them. Of course Pamela needs to keep an eye on Wendell, ALOT more than Shawn did. Wendell is one of those old school alpha males that you need to watch at all times. But I think she will do just fine because she has way more experience though. Shawn was very inexperienced, and he only went after the Ewings because he was the CEO Westar. But he had to know that dealing with people that had 20 to 70 years more experience in the oil business was not going to end well. And as for Krystina, you are right, she has MORE than enough money between her Carrington money, and the Ewing money, two dynasties, similiar to sports like the Patriots, Niners, Steelers, and Cowboys in the NFL, the Carringtons, Ewings, and Channings are day-time soap opera dynasties. So with all that money she could absouletely start a business from stratch but going back to Ewing Oil is just an idea that's all. If Krystina wants to startt a business from stratch, and eventually hire people, including existing characters to work there, I'm sure John Ross will more than support her on that. He might even suggest a few things too. I just want her to be more than a house wife that's all.

    • #166

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 04 October 2020 02:05)

      Of course Alex's parents are going to be protective of him after this whole thing. Of course if Bridget and Alex get married they will want to have their own spot. They are old enough to look after themselves at the end of the day, and everything. Plus they need to now what it is like to live on their own anyway. Every young adult couple will want that. Yes Alex will need MAJOR therapy from this too. And it's a parents job is to be overprotective. I'm sure that Charlie will want to stay in Dallas because of that whole situation.

    • #167

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 04 October 2020 04:43)

      If i was Pamela, i would try to get some of the other Westar board members on her side because that way if Wendell tries to do something she might have support to stop him before he goes too far.As Krystina, i agree that she's not the kind of woman that just stay at home and just be a house wife and mother.She may want to find something to do with her time especially now that Little John and Ellie are getting older and will f\go to school eventually.As what kind of business Krystina could get involved maybe she could start a charity foundation and have fundraisers because as you point out Krystina has a lot of money and so she may want to help the less fortunate and not just make more money for herself.

    • #168

      andrew (Sunday, 04 October 2020 04:58)

      Yes i know Alex's parents are going to be proectiver of him after what happened to him but there's a difference between them been protective of him and been overprotective of him.So John Ross and Charlie may need to draw a line in how protective they are of Alex because they may not want Alex to feel smothered by them.As for Alex and Bridget, i could see them looking for their own place to live and they may even start living together before they get married.As for John Ross, even though he might understand Alex and Bridget needing their own place to live i could see him trying to get them to live close by Southfork.As for Alex, i wonder if he might back away from working at Ewing Oil for a bit in the aftermath of what happened to him because he may need to concentrate on dealing with what happened to him and healing and not on work.As for Charlie, i also see her wanting to stay in Dallas to be there for Alex and maybe for other family issues but i could also see her going back to New York for a week or so because she may want to quit her job in New York in person and not over the phone and deal with other things there before she moves to Dallas.

    • #169

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 04 October 2020 17:53)

      Hold up now, I didn't say Dylan will forgive Ashley. I said I doubt he EVER WILL. Because the fact is she just did something that is really unforgivable. You just don't do that. And even if Dylan does forgive Connor, their relationship isn't going to b the same as it once was. For one, Dylan will never ever ever trust Connor again after that. I'm still furious Ashley did this. That's just so UNLIKE her, and Dylan gave her his heart, and his trust, and he was good to her. Im like what the fuck? That's how you do someone who is good to you? The cheating is bad enough, but with your boyfriend's brother? of ALL people? That's just a big no no. And Justin and Pamela will be alright, yes sometimes business does come between family. That's the price to having a high-profile job at the end of the day.

    • #170

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 04 October 2020 18:14)

      Well whatever Pamela does, she has to be very careful when it concerns Jeremy Wendell. Because he's alpha, he's smart, creative, and he always has eyes and ears EVERYWHERE. So you don't want to do anything that is going to make him mad or regret that he put you in that position with the broad members and everything. Krystina doing something like a charity would be great, something for the less fortunate at the end of the day. And yes Little John Ross IV and Miss Ellie will absouletely be going to school so she will definitely have more time on her hands as well. And I'm sure John Ross will support this because he loves his wife very much, and he loves his kids too.

    • #171

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 04 October 2020 18:30)

      I know that John Ross and Charlie have to be clearful to cross the line but it's still their son, and they are going to always be there for him. Yes I could see Alex not working for awhile at Ewing Oil either after this whole irdeal, and I could see him exploring other options, which isn't bad. He's young, he can get to explore options, and I'm sure that John Ross, Krystina, and Charlie will be okay with that. And yes I see Charlie going back to New York to visit sometimes and eventually to get back her things, quit her old job, and get back to Dallas for her new one, and everything. I could see John Ross getting a place for Bridget and Alex close to home. That would be nice at the end of the day.

    • #172

      andrew hass (Sunday, 04 October 2020 18:33)

      Sorry i meant to write that Dylan will never forgive Ashley and not that he will forgive her.Plus even if Dylan eventually forgives Connor he may not forget.However i'm wondering if Justin might offer Dylan some advice because he was sort of in Dylan's place when Amanda cheated on him with Jimmy.I also think Justin and Pamela will ne alright but with Pamela working at Westar and Justin working at Ewing Records they may face some bumps in regards to their marriage and family.

    • #173

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 04 October 2020 18:40)

      Regarding Pamela, i'm wondering if Bobby might give her some advice regarding Jeremy Wendell because her may know how Wendell operates.Plus Bobby might see Pamela been CEO at Westar as a good thing to keep peace between Ewing Oil and Westar as long as Wendell is sort of neutralized.As for Krystina, her starting a chairty foundation could be a good thing story-wise because if she throws charity functions/fundraisers that could create a viable reason for characters to interact with each other.

    • #174

      Andrew Hass (Sunday, 04 October 2020 18:50)

      Yes i know John Ross and Charlie will always want to be there for their son but they may need to wait until Alex wants them to be there for him and not hover over him.As for Alex, i'm sure he likes working at Ewing Oil but as you pointed out he may want to explore other options before he decides that working at Ewing Oil is what he wants to do for the rest of his life.For example maybe Alex decides to work at Ewing Records for a bit.Plus if Charlie needs to go back to New York for a few days to quit her job and pack up things or whatever maybe she decides to take Alex along with her to help him heal and she may want some quality alone time with her son away from other people.I could also see John Ross trying to find a place for Alex and Bridget to live and i'm sure he'll think he's doing a nice thing but Alex and Bridget may want to find their own place own their own and not have John Ross or anyone find it for them.

    • #175

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 11:28)

      That's okay, it's an honest mistake. Yeah, Dylan will just never forget how Connor and Ashley screwed him. I think Dylan deserves much better than that, and I swear Ashley you are going to get your karma because somebody is going to screw you over just like you did Dylan. Oh wait Shawn already did that but it's going to happen again when she least expect it. Justin giving Dylan advice would help because yes he was in the same situation with Jimmy over Amanda cheating with him. Now Jimmy and Justin has an excellent relationship. And Amanda is well GONE LOL! And Justin has upgraded from Amanda to Pamela. I think they will be fine. Pamela is NOT going after Ewing Oil to settle a personal vendetta. Like I said, I actually think with her being the CEO of Westar, the war between Ewing Oil and Westar can be ended, and things can be done fairly. Shawn was a weasel, a con artist at the end of the day, and everything. Pamela is not but she is also tough, but fair. She is not a weasel, a con artist. She is definitely the smartest of the Barnes children at the end of the day, and everything. I think she is way more equipped and experienced to handle Jeremy Wendell than Shawn was. Shawn was out of his league.

    • #176

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 11:41)

      I could definitely see Bobby giving Pamela advice. Of course Bobby would know how to neutralize Wendell because he knows how he operates. Bobby Ewing has known Jeremy Wendell for a long time, and she would be WISE to listen to whatever advice he has to tell her. Having a CEO at Westar will absouletely work in Ewing Oil's favor for as long as it can because Pamela can also keep on eye on Wendell too when she talks to him. She can handle herself against Wendell. Krystina would do good when it comes to charity functions, and fundraisers. It will all work out.

    • #177

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 12:34)

      I'm not excusing Ashley or her actions but i don't know if she's been in her right frame of mind lately because of her mom been sick and maybe that her reminding her of her dad dying and Jimmy's been away taking care of their mom and Clay's probably been busy working at Ewing Oil and been with Michelle.So she hasn't had really anyone to rely on or talk to and maybe in a way she was using Connor for comfort.As for Justin, i hope he's there for Dylan and if he and Pamela and the kids move to the ranch maybe he and Pamela will let Dylan stay at her old apartment for a bit until Pamela figures out what to do with it because Dylan may need space from Connor and even Ray and Donna.As for Pamela, i'm sure she'll be fair in dealing with Ewing Oil as long as they're fair in return.However at the end of the day Pamela has to do what's best for Westar since she's the CEO and if that means trying to take a deal from Ewing Oil she'll do it but i don't think she would play dirty in doing it.

    • #178

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 12:42)

      I could see Bobby working with Pamela to neutralize Wendell because since he's older he may wany peace between Ewing Oil and Westar and not another war between the companies.Plus if and when Bobby retires he may want to make sure Ewing Oil is in a good place business-wise.As for Krystina. i agree that she would do good when it comes to arranging charity functions or fundraisers or whatever because she may have learned from her mother because i'm sure her mom Krystle did charity events.Also i could see Krystina hiring an assistant of sorts to help her because she may not want make building a charity foundation her main focus in her life.

    • #179

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 13:48)

      I'm wondering if during this situation with Alex both Bobby and Sue Ellen start to see a different side of John Ross in which he shows how much he cares about his family and as a result maybe they would be willing to give him more power and responsibility at Ewing Oil.As for Alex, in the aftermath of his kidnapping and whatever else happened to him i could see Justin offering to let him work at Ewing Records because Alex may need to do something fun for a bit and him working at Ewing Oil might be too much drama for him.Plus at Ewing Records Justin could keep an eye on Alex to make sure he's coping but at the same time give him space.Plus if Alex went back to Ewing Oil right after his kidnapping i could see John Ross and Sue Ellen hovering over him and not giving him space.

    • #180

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 15:02)

      Well Alex is an adult, and if he is going to talk about being married, and being engaged and everything, he's going to eventually have to make decesions about those things on his own if he wants to do those things in the future. His parents love him, but they are going to have to let him do that on his own. I could see Alex going back to New York with his mother and healing, sure or something at the end of the day.

    • #181

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 15:19)

      I'm sorry but I just cant accept that excuse. Ashley knew better, and if she didn't want to be with Dylan, she should have told him so. He would at least have appreciated her honesty. I don't really think she can use I wasn't in the best frame of mind, and if she was using Connor for comfort, that's ALL it should have been. But the cheating, sneaking behind boyfriend's back, cheating with his BROTHER of all people, that's what I just can't condone. Jimmy is taking care of her, but Clay, Jimmy, and her mother would really be dissapointed in her. Dylan being in Pamela's apartment sounds like a good idea because I just don't see him going back to Connor, Donna, or Ray after that beytrayal from Connor and Ashley. Pamela just needs to do her job when she gets back, and I expect her to do things the right way, not use her job as a ways to go after Ewing Oil, and so on. She is more than a pretty face, she is smart, creative, and ruthless, and experienced so she can handle herself at the end of the day. So I still expect her to go hard at Ewing Oil but just not do anything underhanded at the end of the day. I think Justin's advice will help, even Pamela might even give him advice when she went through it with John Ross and Emma.

    • #182

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 15:31)

      Yeah as you point out Alex is an adult now and that means he has to makes his own decisions about his life but that also means John Ross and Charlie will have to let him make his own decisions even if they don't agree with him.They could give Alex advice about marrying Bridget while he's so young and about other things but at the end of the day they have to let Alex make his own decisions and support him.However i'm wondering if John Ross, Charlie and Bridget might disagree about the best way to help Alex.as he heals and deals with what happened to him.Also it could be interesting if as a mother herself Krystina is on Charlie's side on what she thinks is the best way to help Alex and thus Krystina is at odds with John Ross.Also i could see Alex maybe moving in with Sue Ellen for the first few days of his return at least because there might be too much drama at Southfork for him get better.

    • #183

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 15:47)

      I'm not saying Ashley using the fact that her mom is sick is a good excuse for her sleeping with Connor but she may have to come up with some sort of reason when people start asking her questions why she did it.Plus i agree that if Ashley didn't want to be with Dylan anymore for whatever reason she should have told him and yes it might have hurt to do it but at least she would have been with Dylan which he might have deserved.Plus Dylan might have understood that Ashley might have needed space to deal with other things in her life like her mom been sick and might have agreed to take a break from each other for a bit.As for Pamela, i could see her helping Dylan as he deals with been betrayed by Connor and Ashley because as a woman Pamela might have a different POV than Justin.Plus even if Pamela takes the kids and moves to Justin's ranch i could see her keeping her apartment because she may need a place in Dallas just in case she needs to stay in town overnight sometimes or whatever.So maybe Pamela lets Dylan stay at her apartment because she may know Dylan may need a place to stay and she'll know someone is taking care of the apartment.As for Pamela been CEO of Westar, i think she'll be a success in that position because as a Barnes and been a married to a Ewing she may have connections in the oil business.

    • #184

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 15:55)

      John Ross needs more responsibility at Ewing Oil ANYWAY. That way he might not pull this underhanded crap that he does, and everything. He might not do these deals with Colbyco, or have affairs with women like Samantha Chambers, and then things that will affect that will affect his family. But I see him just doing things better business wise. He NEEDS to be a better businessmen anyway, and not be so reckless like his daddy was. John Ross loves his family, and everything. He might not always get along with them, but at the end of the day, he will always have their back. Alex working at Ewing Records would be a great idea because that's way more fun at the end of the day, and everything.

    • #185

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 16:07)

      I understand but Ashley just needs to have told the truth, and then this thing wouldn't have gotten so ugly like it did. I mean all three relationships affected. And Connor know he is wrong, and I guarantee you at some point in his life, karma is really going to get him. I don't know when that will be but karma is going to get him really well at the end of the day. Yes Ashley could have used that excuse but she could of told that to Dylan too. But this is just really big, and it has really destroyed the relationship that Connor and Ashley have with Dylan. I just can't believe that Connor snaked his own girlfriend like that. But yes, she will absouletely need SOME KIND Of answer as to why she did this, and honestly I don't believe she will have any good reasons for this because really there are none. It's all ridicuolous. Well that's why I say that Pamela could tell Dylan about her own experience like when John Ross cheated on her with Emma. So yes her point of view would be excellent at the end of the day, and it would be mulch different than Justin's point of view. Honestly, I think both point of views would be really good, and maybe then Dylan will feel better at the end of the day. I definitely see Pamela letting Dylan say in her apartment because yes he doesn't have anywhere to go. Of course Pamela has connections to the oil business, she was married to Christopher, John Ross, and now Tripp McKay. They all have experience in the oil business, and her father, despite his blunders, had a wealth of experience in the oil business. But she is the sharpest of the three children, and everything. She is the most ruthless of the Barnes children.

    • #186

      Derek Mathews (Friday, 09 October 2020 16:14)

      If John Ross, Charlie, and Bridget disagree that just shows they all about the same person. Alex at the end of the day has to do this, and everything. Bridget too, they have to show they can be responsible adults if they want to have responsible lives at the end of the day. And parents disagree, fiances disagree too. So at the end of the day, and everything, it's really up to the young adults. And Alex's parents are just going to have to give him space and let him figure everything out even if don't agree with his choices. That's the purpose of being an adult, living with the choices you make.

    • #187

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 16:50)

      Yeah if Bobby and Sue Ellen show John Ross that they trust him by giving him more power and responsibility at Ewing Oil maybe that will lead him to trust them more and not do things behind their backs and do everything upfront.Plus if John Ross knows that he has Sue Ellen and Bobby's support he might be more cautious in making deals because he may not want to disappoint them or make Ewing Oil look bad.As for Alex. maybe going to work at Ewing Records might be better for him because there might be less pressure there then at Ewing Oil.Plus he can always go back to working at Ewing Oil once he's healed or whatever.

    • #188

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 17:02)

      Pamela could point out to Dylan her way of dealing with John Ross cheating on her with Emma wasn't the best way and that maybe Dylan should focus on himself and not trying to get revenge on Connor and Ashley.As for Ashley and Connor, i have a feeling their pain is just starting because as other people find out what they did they may not exactly be that popular.As for Dylan, maybe he needs to find a new job and build a new life for himself.For example maybe Justin could hire Dylan to work at Ewing Records and considering Dylan's interest in music that could be a good opportunity for him.As for Pamela, as you point out she was married to John Ross, Christopher and Tripp and while she was married to them she may have met their contacts in the oil business or whatever.Now i don't think Pamela would try to steal business contacts from John Ross or Christopher but if those contacts want to do deals with her i don't think she would refuse them.

    • #189

      Andrew Hass (Friday, 09 October 2020 17:09)

      I think John Ross, Charlie and Bridget will have to work together to help Alex and yes they might disagree about the best way to help Alex but at the end of the day the only one who really matters is Alex.Plus even though John Ross and Charlie may not think Alex and Bridget are old enough to get married they could hope that just because Alex and Bridget are engaged it doesn't mean they'll get married right away and that over time Alex and Bridget could decide not to get married until they're much older.Plus Charlie and John Ross might be okay with Alex and Bridget living together because that might be better than them been married.

    • #190

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 13 October 2020 01:43)

      Very good. And that's how trust works. You get more power and responsibility, and people you prove you can be trusted, then yes you will be more cautious and won't do things like the ColbyCo deal and other deals behind their backs. You might even tell them things before they happen at the end of the day. John Ross would never want to make Ewing Oil bad at the end of the day, and everything, despite the huge risks he takes at the end of the day. Of course, he is going to need to have more fun, and not get involved in the oil business, which is very cutthroat at the end of the day. Alex definitely needs a break from Ewing Oil after all this madness.

    • #191

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 13 October 2020 02:28)

      I really don't like how that cheating nonsense regarding John Ross and Emma. I didn't like how that went down, and I thought Cynthia Cidre did a terrible job writing about that. John Ross Ewing and Pamela Barnes-Ewing would have made an awesome power couple if she would have just given it a chance. I didn't expect a perfect marriage, but I expected a marriage for them to deal with trails and tribulations. Not throw the idea of JR Ewing's middle son, and Cliff Barnes first born child down the drain at the end of the day, and everything. But you are right, the way that Pamela handled that whole thing was not the best way, and that whole thing was EXTREMELY tacky. I liked it at first, now looking back, I don't like it at all because that's not Dallas. So Pamela telling Dylan not to get revenge on Connor and Ashely would be a great idea. Plus Dylan does need to work on himself, and a job at Ewing Records would make him refocus. And Connor and Ashley's pain is absouletely starting, because alot of people are going to hate them for awhile after what they did. I still believe Donna and Ray are going to give them a stern lecture for sure. And that's just the beginning. I expect Todd to confront Connor too, and those guys really don't like each other. They just might come to blows. I expect Justin to say something to Ashley too, maybe even Clay Beaumont as well. Then Jimmy, and her mother too because she is going to HAVE to tell them what is going on, and trust me when she does, they are going to be really shocked and surprised. So they better be prepared for this onslaught of hate that they are going to receive. Pamela being married to those guys have plenty of resources so there you go.

    • #192

      Derek Mathews (Tuesday, 13 October 2020 02:44)

      That's fine at the beginning of the day. Alex and Bridget might need to live together first before they even think about getting married. I honestly don't think they are ready to be engaged yet anyway, and everything. Brigdet, Charlie, and John Ross all care about Alex. But he's going to have some decesions to make as well as Bridget too.

    • #193

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 13 October 2020 05:21)

      If and when Bobby and Sue Ellen give John Ross more power and responsibility at Ewing Oil i could see them warning him that if he messes up somehow he may not get another chance.Plus if John Ross does get more power and responsibility at Ewing Oil i'm wondering if he might try to find a way to get out of the deal with ColbyCo or at least try to soften any consequences of that deal.Plus if John Ross gets more power at Ewing Oil and with his ex Pamela been the new CEO of Westar maybe their relationship takes on a new dimension since they would be sort of competing against each other in business.Also i don't know much about business but would John Ross having shares in Westar and him maybe having Ewing Oil be a conflict of interest?So maybe John Ross could put his shares of Westar in a trust for his kids like JR did with his shares with Westar.Back to Bobby and Sue Ellen, eventually they know they're going to retire Ewing Oil and so i could see them trying to figure out who they want to be their heir apparent of sorts.

    • #194

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 13 October 2020 05:41)

      I also didn't like John Ross cheating on Pamela with Emma or at least not the way it happened and i especially didn't like Pamela's revenge.If i had been writing the show then i might have Pamela pretending that she didn't know about John Ross's affair with Emma and have her plotting revenge behind the scenes in order to expose John Ross and Emma in the most public way.I also hope Pamela gives Dylan advice about how to move forward with his life.Also if Dylan starts working at Ewing Records and if Alex also starts working there maybe they could form sort of Friendship because they both might need someone to talk to.As for Ray and Donna, i don't think it might take them long to figure out what happened between Dylan/Connor/Ashley because they may know there's only thing that could make Dylan attack and hate Connor and that is Connor sleeping with Dylan's girlfriend.Also i think Ray and Donna's focus will be on Dylan and maybe down the line convincing him to forgive Connor once enough time has passed.As for Clay, i'm wondering if because he was supposed to keep an eye on Ashley might feel a little responsible for what Ashley did because he wasn't watching her.As for Pamela, because she was married to Christopher, John Ross and Tripp and her father was Cliff she may know what to do and what not to do in business and maybe what lines not to cross.

    • #195

      Andrew Hass (Tuesday, 13 October 2020 05:49)

      I'm wondering if in the wake of what happened Alex may have different plans then Bridget.For example i wouldn't be surprised if Bridget knowing that she almost lost Alex forever may want to marry him sooner rather then later while Alex may want to focus on healing and dealing with what happened to him for now.Also maybe Alex would want to focus on himself and his family and not working at Ewing Oil and not making wedding plans.That may not mean Alex still wouldn't want to marry Bridget or still not want to spend the rest of his life with her but he may just want time to heal and maybe enjoy life because he might have almost died.

    • #196

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 11:16)

      Oh Bobby and Sue Ellen are going to lecture John Ross anyway. I think they like doing it because they get to hear themselves do the two things they like to do most. Lecture and talk, and blame. Sue Ellen at least admits her mistakes, Bobby I don't know how he got to be so damn self-righteous. That he sits there on his high horse and does nothing but judge everybody for their wrong doings. But his shit stink too. Everybody who is a Ewing has done SOMETHING they have regretted. Nobody is innocent. But John Ross I guess should want to get out of the Colyco deal, or at least make it easier to deal with at the end of the day, and everything. I don't think John Ross would mind a little competition from his ex-wife because like I said he knows her since they have history, so it will be a good thing. Two Ewings going at it, there is nothing wrong with that. Things will still be interesting between Ewing Oil and Westar. No I don't think there will be a conflict of interest because John Ross has shares in Westar. Maybe John Ross could make a trust fund for his younger children at the end of the day. I don't even know who would be their heir apparent at the time.

    • #197

      andrew hass (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 11:34)

      I agree that Bobby and Sue Ellen may not be in any position to lecture John Ross but to be fair John Ross hasn't exactly been very reliable towards them since he has done things behind their backs that have backfired.For example John Ross made that deal with Alexis Colby regarding those wells even though Sue Ellen warned him not to only to have Alexis sell her half of the wells to Westar.As for John Ross, he should try to find a way to get of the deal with ColbyCo because the last thing he may to happen is for the deal to be revealed just as Bobby and Sue Ellen give him more power and responsibility at Ewing Oil.As for Pamela, i think John Ross might see her as a worthy opponent and he might love competing against her in business.However i think for Justin's sake, i don't think John Ross would play dirty with Pamela.However John Ross might scheme to take a deal from Westar but there might be some lines he won't cross.As for his Westar shares, maybe John Ross lets someone else handle them for him because that way he can't be accused of conflict of interest if and when Ewing Oil and Westar compete against each other.

    • #198

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 14:46)

      You are missing the point. John Ross and Pamela were into each other at the time. The brillant Cynthia Cidre never gave them a chance. It doesn't make sense to go from John Ross and Pamela being into each other to him cheating on her. That is just TERRIBLE writing to me. And besides I just didn't like how Pamela did all that nonsense. Faking a suicide, or faking like she overdosed on pills. And Nicholas Trevino already had exposed John Ross and Emma to the world. That's why John Ross came for him as hard as he did. Nicholas Trevino was a major thorn in the Ewings side. He also came after Christopher, and Elena as well. He almost killed Christopher too. Elena too. If John was writing this series, he would have had John Ross and Pamela as his super couple, he would have never had Emma as John Ross mistress like ever. Emma had more chemistry with Drew than John Ross. But Dylan does need to move on with his life, and Pamela can help him do that. Anyway, John Ross and Pamela were a popular couple on the TNT series, and majority of people were very dissapointed how they were treated. I do think that Alex and Dylan would be good friends if they started working together, and I think Dylan needs to get on with her life. I can definitely see Clay blaming himself for the whole situation because he was supposed to be watching her, and that happened. I personally think that Clay and Justin need to talk to Ashley about what happened, and why she did this? Connor and Ashley need to have a long talk with both of them, not to mention Donna and Ray. Of course Donna and Ray are smart people, they are going to be able to figure out extactly what happened when they see Connor's face full of blood. And yes Pamela being married to three guys that have experience in the oil field, and a father that despite his blunders had a wealth of experience himself know what lines to cross.

    • #199

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 15:07)

      Man, you don't need to tell me anything about what John Ross has done. I know the man isn't a saint. But the one thing I like about people like JR and John Ross is they are not going to pretend to be people they aren't. They are ALWAYS going to be themselves. No matter what people say about them. But Bobby needs to get off his high horse, and stop acting so perfect. That shit is annoying as fuck to me. Bobby has played dirty PLENTY of times with JR. I swear between Bobby, Sue Ellen, and Christopher, I just hate how they all gang up on John Ross sometimes. But I honestly love the fact that Christopher is a cheater now, maybe not physically, but emotionally, and I don't ever want to see him lecture John Ross about consequences, using your head, and so on. Next, the three of them need to stop throwing past stuff in his face. I don't care what anybody says but John Ross loves his family. He might not always get along with them but he loves them. Does he do questionable things? Yes but in the end, he does them to protect his family in the long run. Stop comparing him to his father so much. I would hate to hear people say that over, and over, and over, and over, and over to me like they do. John Ross is not going to people dirty with Pamela anyway because he knows better than ANYBODY that she can be ruthless too. She has gotten her hands dirty plenty of times. Plus he was married to her, he knows her well. She was married to John Ross, she knows him well too. I think they will enjoy competing with each other, and of course John Ross won't play dirty against her. He knows Pamela can hold her own against anybody. She's much more than a pretty face. I honestly think she is the sharpest of all of Cliff Barnes children. I don't know who he would get to handle his Westar shares.

    • #200

      Derek Mathews (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 15:42)

      Well Alex and Bridget have alot of things they want to talk about at the end of the day, and everything. I definitely don't see Alex working at Ewing Oil for a while, he may need a long break. Alex is still young so he has plenty of options to think about at the end of the day, and everything.

    • #201

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 16:10)

      Regarding Dylan, i think he'll need space to get his life back in order after he fell off the wagon and because of Connor and Ashley's affair.Plus i think Ray and Donna will give him space if that's what he needs and assure him that they'll be there for him when and if he needs them.As for Dylan and Alex, i hope they become friends because i think they both will need a friend going forward.Plus considering his friendship with Shawn is over for obvious reasons Alex might need a friend to talk to and have a fun with.As for Clay, when he finds out what Ashley did i'm wondering if he won't call Jimmy to tell him because he may know Jimmy needs to focus on his mom and so maybe Clay tries to be there for Ashley and help her.As for Pamela, i'm wondering if unlike her father she won't let her personal feelings influence her business decisions.For example Pamela may focus on making Westar the best company it can be and if that means going up against Ewing Oil so be it but she'll keep it business and not personal.Plus i'm wondering if Jeremy Wendell might see this situation with Alex as an advantage of sorts because he may want to use the fact that the Ewings might be distracted to try steal some of their clients or whatever from them.However Pamela as a parent herself and been married to a Ewing may not want to take advantage of what's going on with Alex

    • #202

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 16:21)

      I know John Ross does things because he's doing something good for his family and Ewing Oil even though some of his actions might be a little iffy.Plus i wonder if deep down John Ross still wants to make his father proud of him even though JR's dead and that's why he does some of things he does.As for John Ross and Pamela competing against each other in business, i'm wondering if that might be the start of new era on Dallas because they are sort of even in terms of what they are capable of.As for John Ross's shares of Westar maybe he keeps them but he signs the voting rights over to someone else to handle.For example since i think Justin got Jill's Westar stock maybe John Ross also gives him the voting rights to his shares to control at least for now.

    • #203

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 16:27)

      I agree that Alex and Bridget may have a lot to talk about regarding the future and even the present.Also i'm wondering if this situation with Alex might remind Bridget of her parents dying and as a result of her fear of losing Alex she starts to cling to Alex more which may not what he'll need.Also i'm wondering Bridget's brother Steven comes to Dallas to be there for her during this situation with Alex and he brings Amanda with him which could create a lot of conflict because of her history with John Ross, Justin Brad, Dylan and others.

    • #204

      Daniel Ryals (Wednesday, 14 October 2020 20:03)

      Oooo boy I have no words to say how good that was it I am speechless

    • #205

      Parker Bena (Thursday, 15 October 2020 18:22)

      @Derek Matthews I agree. John Ross and Pamela could have been an excellent power couple. However, I think that Krystina should come back to work at Ewing Oil. I think John Ross and Krystina could be the excellent power couple that John Ross and Pamela never became. You got the son of J.R. Ewing married to the daughter of Blake Carrington. Both of them have a lot of solid business experience and together they could be unbeatable.

    • #206

      Steve Davis (Monday, 19 October 2020 21:28)

      Hi John,

      Great writing. I always enjoy reading these episodes. Any estimate as to when you will be posting new episodes?

    • #207

      Brian (Wednesday, 21 October 2020 19:32)

      Yes, when will the new season start?

    • #208

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 29 October 2020 13:52)

      Well of course Bridget is going to cling to Alex more. That's the aftermath of a situation like that. People want to cling to you, not let you out of their sight, and that's perfectly understandable. That is not what Alex needs from Bridget. And he doesn't need that from his parents either. If Steven comes, and he brings Amanda, that's definitely going to cause conflict because Amanda has screwed over John Ross, Justin, Brad, and Dylan. WOW! I can't believe all four of those people have one person in common. The Ewings would be shocked to see her. Brad, and Dylan too. Justin as well.

    • #209

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 29 October 2020 14:00)

      JR is always proud of John Ross. John Ross doesn't have to do these things to make his father proud, John Ross is his own man with a family of his own. He's a father and a husband now. He's not a little kid anymore, and his father is gone. John Ross is his own man period. Pamela and John Ross competing against each other is going to be very interesting at the end of the day. As for John Ross shares, he's definitely not getting rid of them, however I could see Justin getting the voting rights to them. Definitely for sure. It's either Justin or Christopher. I damn sure know John Ross is not going to trust Lucas with something like that. So Justin and Christopher are his best options.

    • #210

      Derek Mathews (Thursday, 29 October 2020 14:38)

      It will take Dylan but Dylan will definitely get back on his feet. Connor will absouletely have to end up moving out after that whole ordeal. Dylan will forgive him but damn that's going to to take a long time before he does at the end of the day. Then he will eventually find somebody new. And before they will deal with Dylan, BOTH Ray and Donna are going to have a stern talk with Ashley and Connor about the consequences of their affair, and their "new" relationship. Damn Ashley was wrong for this, I'm just really shocked at both of them. Also I think Jasmine might feel a little guilty too because she probably didn't mean to have Dylan see all that, she just wanted to expose Connor and Ashley for their affair they were having. I think she will reach out to Dylan to see if is ok. She might even come and pick him up. It will be either Todd, Jay, or Justin. It might be Jasmine too. I think Clay will more than likely blame himself for that because he was supposed to be watching his sister, and he didn't. But I know for sure he will ask her why she did what he did? I thought Dylan and Ashley were good for each other. But her doing this makes me believe Shawn was right about her all along though, and I would hate to think that. Pamela never lets business interfere with personal feelings because when you are in business, she knows that causes bad judgment. Like with Brad, Brady is caught up in this twisted feud with the Ewings. He's using his job to settle this personal vendetta, and that's just NOT good business. He will fall flat on his face, and John Ross won't have to lend a hand to get him off the ORC. This is why Pamela is the smartest child Barnes had because she doesn't do that. Yes, he will do that because that's something that Jeremy Wendell would do. Of course Pamela will not use the Pamela advantadge like Jeremy Wendell would. Pamela is a Ewing married to a Ewing man at the end of the day.

    • #211

      Andrew Hass (Thursday, 29 October 2020 15:17)

      I could see Bridget and others clinging to Alex in the aftermath of what happened and that may not be what Alex needs because he may want time and space to deal with what happened to him.He may not need people hovering over him and making decisions for him.As for Steven, i think he would want to be there for his sister Bridget during this situation with Alex but he may not know that by bringing Amanda with him he might be causing more drama.However since John Ross might be focused on finding Alex he may not really care about Amanda been around.So i think the people most affected by Amanda's return to Dallas might be Justin, Brad and Dylan but for different reasons.Plus i'm worried that Dylan seeing Amanda again may not be good for him considering his current state.

    • #212

      Andrew Hass (Thursday, 29 October 2020 15:29)

      Maybe i should have phrased it different when i wrote John Ross wants to make his dad proud of him.Maybe i should have wrote that John Ross may want to be the sort of the new head of the Ewing family when Bobby dies.Plus like JR sort of wanted to build a legacy for John Ross to carry on John Ross may want to do same thing for his kids.Also i think John Ross would probably give his voting rights for his Westar shares to Justin because i think he trusts Justin and since Justin isn't involved in Ewing Oil like Christopher is there won't be any conflict of interest.As for John Ross and Pamela, i can't wait to see them compete against each other in business because they may know how the other one operates and so it could be like a chess game of sorts where each of them try to outmaneuver the other.

    • #213

      Andrew Hass (Thursday, 29 October 2020 15:49)

      Regarding Ray and Donna, yeah i'm sure they might have a few words for Ashley but i think their main focus will be on Dylan and Connor.I also think Connor should move out of Ray and Donna's because it might be uncomfortable for Dylan if he comes to visit Ray and Donna at their home and Connor's there.However i also think it's time for both Dylan and Connor to each find a new place to live because they can't live with Ray and Donna forever.As for Jasmine, i think she's going to feel guilty and even wish she had done things differently in trying to get revenge on Connor and Ashley.Also i don't know if Dylan may want to be around Jasmine at least in the immediate aftermath because it may not take him long to realize that she intentionally set him up to catch Connor and Ashley together.As for Clay, i wonder if he might feel guilty for not keeping a closer eye on Ashley and letting her run wild and so i could see Clay maybe focusing more on Ashley and maybe taking a short break from Michelle because he may know Ashley needs his focus now.As for Pamela, i'm wondering if she might warn Wendell that yes she's the CEO of the Westar and she wants to make the company the best company it can be but there's lines she won't cross and that her loyalty is to Justin and their family and by extension the Ewing family.Also i'm wondering if because John Ross will be totally focused on finding Alex and and Sue Ellen might be too worried about Alex to deal with business that as a result Bobby might have to take charge of Ewing Oil again because he may know someone has to.However if that happens i could see Ann getting worried that Bobby could have another heart attack if he gets too stressed at running Ewing Oil.

    • #214

      Steve Davis (Friday, 30 October 2020 19:33)

      Hi John,

      I have always enjoyed your episodes of Dallas. Just wondering when will new episodes for season 10 be posted?

    • #215

      Trevor Campbell (Friday, 06 November 2020 21:38)

      can't wait for season 10.

    • #216

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 15 November 2020 11:42)

      Of course John Ross may want to be the head of the Ewing family. I mean in reality who else is it going to be when Bobby dies? I don't want to think about that but it's a must. Bobby is 70 years old. It's going to be John Ross/Krystina leading the Ewing family when he dies. I can't say it could be Lucas and Heather because they just haven't been Ewings long enough, and they haven't fought the battles against certain enemies like John Ross, and Krystina have. But John Ross being the patriarch of the family makes sense along with Krystina being the matriach of the family. I see Christopher backing them up, which means if those two can't do it, or they are not around, then Christopher is in charge. I'm sure John Ross wants to create a legacy for his kids at the end of the day. Yes I could see John Ross giving his Westar shares to Justin as well. Yes of course John Ross trusts Justin. Justin has proved to be a very trustworthy guy and hasn't let anybody get those Westar shares Jill gave him. Yes John Ross and Pamela competing against each other will be fun. They may know how the other operates? John Ross and Pamela DO know how the other operates. When you have been married to somebody, you don't forget certain things, and there is certain things they know about each other. It's going to be too close to call when it comes to who can outmaneuver the another.

    • #217

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 16 November 2020 05:11)

      Of course John Ross may want to be the next head of the Ewing family after Bobby but he may need to prove he can lead Ewing family during times of crisis.As for Christopher, i don't know if he would want to be the next head of the Ewing family because he may not feel right taking over for his dad.So Christopher might be okay with John Ross been the next head of the Ewing family but i could see him keeping an eye on John Ross to make sure John Ross isn't doing something that could hurt the Ewings.As for John Ross, i could see him giving Justin his Westar shares because he may know that along with Jill's shares that could give Justin a big block of stock in Westar and thus some influence in the company.As for John Ross and Pamela, yes they know how each other operates but they may know each other's weaknesses.For example Pamela may know that John Ross acts before thinking.As for John Ross, in way he may see having Pamela's brother Brad been the head of the ORC as some kind of advantage because he might use that as a weapon when he goes up against Pamela.Also even though both John Ross and Pamela are happily married to other people now them competing each other in business could reopen old feelings that they had for each other

    • #218

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 22 November 2020 19:05)

      You know, I could see that happening but his parents and Bridget don't need to do that. It would be nice to see Steven, but he will bring Amanda. They are after all married. Trust me when I say this, John Ross won't give a damn about Amanda being around. He will be worried about Alex, and the rest of his family. Charlie, Krystina, his kids, and anybody else that is apart of the Ewing family. Like I said, John Ross has his differences with everybody in this family, but he loves them alot. I don't know a family that DOESN'T have issues with each other from time to time. I know he loves Bobby and Christopher, and they love him even though all three can be very stubborn. But I haven't met a Ewing man that ISN'T stubborn. Overall, Amanda has burned bridges with alot of people in Dallas and she will have to face that. Amanda coming will not be good for Dylan either because he's drinking again, and I don't want her anyway near him right now. She will have to confront Brad too when it comes to their supposed child. That's a storyline, and I guess that's about it. Honestly, I think the Ewings as a family will be way too invested in the fact that Alex is missing to even worry that she's there. Man, Shawn is a really sick person.

    • #219

      Derek Mathews (Sunday, 22 November 2020 19:24)

      Yes I agree with you on alot of that, and there are alot of storylines to consider. I hope Dylan is going to be ok; But Dylan and Ashley are super wrong that they both threw their relationships away with Dylan in order to be with each other. Dylan was good to Ashley and I thought they might end up being married. Now their affair has destroyed him, and I don't know what's going to happen at the end of the day. Yes, Dylan will probably once he is not wasted to sit back and think and he will realize that Jasmine used him to pretty much expose Connor and Ashley. That she set him up. I think you are right, Dylan and Connor may need to BOTH find places of their own because Donna and Ray are not young people like they are. They need time to themselves so I could absouletely see both people not being around each other for a while. Jasmine should feel guilty because the fact is she set Dylan in order to expose Connor and Ashley. Dylan didn't do anything to her. She was mad at Connor. If you want to get revenge on somebody, then leave innocent people out of it. I'm sure Clay will blame himself because he is her big brother just like Jimmy, and he failed her. But I already know that he's going to ask her WHY she did what she did? And I promise she will have no good reason. Boy at some point, I see some really huge KARMA getting BOTH Connor and Ashley at some point in their lives. God is going to let them experience that. I already know that Pamela will not use the fact that the Ewings are distracted to steal clients or deals from them; that's Jeremy Wendell's style, not Pamela's. Plus I think she can hold her own against Wendell. Reason why is because Pamela is not a kid like Shawn. She's been married before, to three of the top businessmen in the oil business in Christopher Ewing, John Ross Ewing, and Tripp McKay. I'm sure she's learned some things from the three of them while being married to her. Her father may have been a bumbling idiot but he also has a wealth of experience in the oil business as well. The fact is she is a grown woman who is very sharp, so Wendell won't be able to bully her like he bullied Shawn. Pamela is way more than a pretty face, and Wendell would be wise not to underestimate her.

    • #220

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 23 November 2020 05:23)

      I agree that John Ross, Charlie and Bridget won't need to smother Alex when he's rescued but they may not be aware they're smothering him.They might just think they're helping him heal or whatever.Also i wonder if Alex might turn to other people besides his parents and Bridget to talk to because he may need someone who's not so close to him to talk to.As for Amanda, i agree that John Ross probably won't give a damn about her because he has more important things to deal with and so he might just ignore her/Also maybe Amanda coming back to Dallas might be a good thing because i think she needs to find closure with some people like Brad.Regarding Shawn, i'm wondering if in trying to find him John Ross and others turn to his mom because they may figure Sharon might be the only person who can get through to Shawn at this point.

    • #221

      Andrew Hass (Monday, 23 November 2020 05:43)

      I also hope Dylan will be okay and i think he will be in time.However i do wonder that been betrayed by the two people he loved and trusted the most might change Dylan and make him less trusting of people.Also i wonder if other people figure out that Jasmine set up Dylan to find Connor and Ashley together before Dylan does and even though what Jasmine did can't excuse what Connor and Ashley did Jasmine can't claim she was innocent in this whole mess and the only innocent victim was Dylan.As for Dylan and Connor moving out of Ray and Donna's that could be a good thing because it could open up story possibilities for Ray and Donna.For example because John Ross and Sue Ellen will be distracted with the situation with Alex and Christopher will be distracted with his own matters maybe Bobby could ask Donna to help him out at Ewing Oil for a bit since she knows the oil business.As for Ashley, i wonder if she goes to see her mom and Jimmy for awhile because she may know she needs space from both Dylan and Connor and maybe been away from Dallas could help Ashley figure out why she cheated on Dylan with Connor.As for Pamela, i agree that she won't try to steal a deal from Ewing Oil while the Ewings are distracted but that may mean that if someone who was going to make a deal with Ewing Oil approaches her about him or her making a deal with Westar instead she'll say no.As Wendell, i agree that shouldn't underestimate Pamela and i don't think he will underestimate her.Also i'm wondering if Pamela in trying to control Wendell lets him see his great-grandson Hunter under supervision because Pamela may realize the best way to keep an eye on Wendell is to keep him close.

    • #222

      David Rodriguez (Saturday, 28 November 2020 23:02)

      Season 10 should be great. Do you plan to incorporate Covid-19 into the new season?

    • #223

      YvanB (Monday, 28 December 2020 06:44)

      Omg explosive..... when is the next episode due??? Cannot wait.....

    • #224

      John Walden (Saturday, 23 January 2021 01:34)

      @David......nope, I won't be doing any stories involving Covid. I want these episodes to be an escape from all that's going on in the real world. @YvanB.......I will have new episodes out soon. Been working on it but the last few months have just been crazy, with a lot going on. But new episodes are coming.

    • #225

      Andrew Hass (Wednesday, 27 January 2021 15:54)

      @JohnWalden I'm glad that you won't be doing any stories involving Covid because as you point out these episodes of Dallas is an escape of sorts from the real world for people.As for what's coming up on Dallas, i'm wondering you might do a small recap because it's been so long since the last episode was written.

    • #226

      Kathy (Monday, 01 February 2021 04:10)

      It's my birthday today and this was a nice gift. As always you have ended another season with a bang. Can't wait for the next one.

    • #227

      Chris Hawkins (Monday, 01 February 2021 09:31)

      John,

      So looking forward to the continuation of your writing, definitely great writing!

    • #228

      Jess (Monday, 01 February 2021 11:04)

      Ooh thank you John just need catch up as always fantastic episodes as always great refresher before new one comes out. Christopher need wind his neck with whole Courtney / Lucia situation needs sorting out and quickly if wants save his Marriage, as much as I like Christopher he is such a hypocrite it goes both ways he needs see it from Courtney side plus he jealous of Joesph so he should know that having Lucia will make Courtney uncomfortable. I can’t help feel sorry for Courtney and that she cant have children & her brother Shawn however she really needs to open up Christopher explain situation she hasn’t exactly done herself any favours &makes it worse by sleeping with Joseph & worse bit is it’s gonna hurt Jacob in progress they all need think about him.
      Ashley I get she cares about Dylan & might not have romantic feelings for him now but again making worse by sleeping with Connor , Connor shouldn’t cross that line with hooking up his brother girlfriend. Jasmine & Lucia are proper snakes ask me & I really don’t like either of them .
      I really hope Alex makes it out & Shawn gets what he deserves. Overall I have a feeling it’s gonna be tough times ahead for the Ewing’s but they are fighters hope they come stronger

    • #229

      Ada Vincent (Tuesday, 02 February 2021 20:21)

      I thought this was a new episode

    • #230

      Joe Pettengill (Tuesday, 11 May 2021 16:11)

      Hi John Iam still reading your story's they are the best.